1 //===--- SemaExprCXX.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions --------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 /// 10 /// \file 11 /// \brief Implements semantic analysis for C++ expressions. 12 /// 13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 16 #include "TreeTransform.h" 17 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 27 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 29 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" 30 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 31 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 32 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 33 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 34 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 35 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 36 #include "clang/Sema/SemaLambda.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h" 38 #include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h" 39 #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h" 40 #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h" 41 using namespace clang; 42 using namespace sema; 43 44 /// \brief Handle the result of the special case name lookup for inheriting 45 /// constructor declarations. 'NS::X::X' and 'NS::X<...>::X' are treated as 46 /// constructor names in member using declarations, even if 'X' is not the 47 /// name of the corresponding type. 48 ParsedType Sema::getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 49 SourceLocation NameLoc, 50 IdentifierInfo &Name) { 51 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep(); 52 53 // Convert the nested-name-specifier into a type. 54 QualType Type; 55 switch (NNS->getKind()) { 56 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: 57 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: 58 Type = QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0); 59 break; 60 61 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier: 62 // Strip off the last layer of the nested-name-specifier and build a 63 // typename type for it. 64 assert(NNS->getAsIdentifier() == &Name && "not a constructor name"); 65 Type = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS->getPrefix(), 66 NNS->getAsIdentifier()); 67 break; 68 69 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global: 70 case NestedNameSpecifier::Super: 71 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace: 72 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias: 73 llvm_unreachable("Nested name specifier is not a type for inheriting ctor"); 74 } 75 76 // This reference to the type is located entirely at the location of the 77 // final identifier in the qualified-id. 78 return CreateParsedType(Type, 79 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Type, NameLoc)); 80 } 81 82 ParsedType Sema::getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, 83 IdentifierInfo &II, 84 SourceLocation NameLoc, 85 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 86 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 87 bool EnteringContext) { 88 // Determine where to perform name lookup. 89 90 // FIXME: This area of the standard is very messy, and the current 91 // wording is rather unclear about which scopes we search for the 92 // destructor name; see core issues 399 and 555. Issue 399 in 93 // particular shows where the current description of destructor name 94 // lookup is completely out of line with existing practice, e.g., 95 // this appears to be ill-formed: 96 // 97 // namespace N { 98 // template <typename T> struct S { 99 // ~S(); 100 // }; 101 // } 102 // 103 // void f(N::S<int>* s) { 104 // s->N::S<int>::~S(); 105 // } 106 // 107 // See also PR6358 and PR6359. 108 // For this reason, we're currently only doing the C++03 version of this 109 // code; the C++0x version has to wait until we get a proper spec. 110 QualType SearchType; 111 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 112 bool isDependent = false; 113 bool LookInScope = false; 114 115 if (SS.isInvalid()) 116 return nullptr; 117 118 // If we have an object type, it's because we are in a 119 // pseudo-destructor-expression or a member access expression, and 120 // we know what type we're looking for. 121 if (ObjectTypePtr) 122 SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectTypePtr); 123 124 if (SS.isSet()) { 125 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep(); 126 127 bool AlreadySearched = false; 128 bool LookAtPrefix = true; 129 // C++11 [basic.lookup.qual]p6: 130 // If a pseudo-destructor-name (5.2.4) contains a nested-name-specifier, 131 // the type-names are looked up as types in the scope designated by the 132 // nested-name-specifier. Similarly, in a qualified-id of the form: 133 // 134 // nested-name-specifier[opt] class-name :: ~ class-name 135 // 136 // the second class-name is looked up in the same scope as the first. 137 // 138 // Here, we determine whether the code below is permitted to look at the 139 // prefix of the nested-name-specifier. 140 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext); 141 if (DC && DC->isFileContext()) { 142 AlreadySearched = true; 143 LookupCtx = DC; 144 isDependent = false; 145 } else if (DC && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 146 LookAtPrefix = false; 147 LookInScope = true; 148 } 149 150 // The second case from the C++03 rules quoted further above. 151 NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix = nullptr; 152 if (AlreadySearched) { 153 // Nothing left to do. 154 } else if (LookAtPrefix && (Prefix = NNS->getPrefix())) { 155 CXXScopeSpec PrefixSS; 156 PrefixSS.Adopt(NestedNameSpecifierLoc(Prefix, SS.location_data())); 157 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(PrefixSS, EnteringContext); 158 isDependent = isDependentScopeSpecifier(PrefixSS); 159 } else if (ObjectTypePtr) { 160 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType); 161 isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType(); 162 } else { 163 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext); 164 isDependent = LookupCtx && LookupCtx->isDependentContext(); 165 } 166 } else if (ObjectTypePtr) { 167 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 168 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 169 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T 170 // of the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is 171 // also looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the 172 // lookups shall find a name that refers to (possibly 173 // cv-qualified) T. 174 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType); 175 isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType(); 176 assert((isDependent || !SearchType->isIncompleteType()) && 177 "Caller should have completed object type"); 178 179 LookInScope = true; 180 } else { 181 // Perform lookup into the current scope (only). 182 LookInScope = true; 183 } 184 185 TypeDecl *NonMatchingTypeDecl = nullptr; 186 LookupResult Found(*this, &II, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 187 for (unsigned Step = 0; Step != 2; ++Step) { 188 // Look for the name first in the computed lookup context (if we 189 // have one) and, if that fails to find a match, in the scope (if 190 // we're allowed to look there). 191 Found.clear(); 192 if (Step == 0 && LookupCtx) 193 LookupQualifiedName(Found, LookupCtx); 194 else if (Step == 1 && LookInScope && S) 195 LookupName(Found, S); 196 else 197 continue; 198 199 // FIXME: Should we be suppressing ambiguities here? 200 if (Found.isAmbiguous()) 201 return nullptr; 202 203 if (TypeDecl *Type = Found.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>()) { 204 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 205 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 206 207 if (SearchType.isNull() || SearchType->isDependentType() || 208 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, SearchType)) { 209 // We found our type! 210 211 return CreateParsedType(T, 212 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, NameLoc)); 213 } 214 215 if (!SearchType.isNull()) 216 NonMatchingTypeDecl = Type; 217 } 218 219 // If the name that we found is a class template name, and it is 220 // the same name as the template name in the last part of the 221 // nested-name-specifier (if present) or the object type, then 222 // this is the destructor for that class. 223 // FIXME: This is a workaround until we get real drafting for core 224 // issue 399, for which there isn't even an obvious direction. 225 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Found.getAsSingle<ClassTemplateDecl>()) { 226 QualType MemberOfType; 227 if (SS.isSet()) { 228 if (DeclContext *Ctx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext)) { 229 // Figure out the type of the context, if it has one. 230 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx)) 231 MemberOfType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 232 } 233 } 234 if (MemberOfType.isNull()) 235 MemberOfType = SearchType; 236 237 if (MemberOfType.isNull()) 238 continue; 239 240 // We're referring into a class template specialization. If the 241 // class template we found is the same as the template being 242 // specialized, we found what we are looking for. 243 if (const RecordType *Record = MemberOfType->getAs<RecordType>()) { 244 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec 245 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Record->getDecl())) { 246 if (Spec->getSpecializedTemplate()->getCanonicalDecl() == 247 Template->getCanonicalDecl()) 248 return CreateParsedType( 249 MemberOfType, 250 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc)); 251 } 252 253 continue; 254 } 255 256 // We're referring to an unresolved class template 257 // specialization. Determine whether we class template we found 258 // is the same as the template being specialized or, if we don't 259 // know which template is being specialized, that it at least 260 // has the same name. 261 if (const TemplateSpecializationType *SpecType 262 = MemberOfType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { 263 TemplateName SpecName = SpecType->getTemplateName(); 264 265 // The class template we found is the same template being 266 // specialized. 267 if (TemplateDecl *SpecTemplate = SpecName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 268 if (SpecTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() == Template->getCanonicalDecl()) 269 return CreateParsedType( 270 MemberOfType, 271 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc)); 272 273 continue; 274 } 275 276 // The class template we found has the same name as the 277 // (dependent) template name being specialized. 278 if (DependentTemplateName *DepTemplate 279 = SpecName.getAsDependentTemplateName()) { 280 if (DepTemplate->isIdentifier() && 281 DepTemplate->getIdentifier() == Template->getIdentifier()) 282 return CreateParsedType( 283 MemberOfType, 284 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc)); 285 286 continue; 287 } 288 } 289 } 290 } 291 292 if (isDependent) { 293 // We didn't find our type, but that's okay: it's dependent 294 // anyway. 295 296 // FIXME: What if we have no nested-name-specifier? 297 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), 298 SS.getWithLocInContext(Context), 299 II, NameLoc); 300 return ParsedType::make(T); 301 } 302 303 if (NonMatchingTypeDecl) { 304 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(NonMatchingTypeDecl); 305 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch) 306 << T << SearchType; 307 Diag(NonMatchingTypeDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_destructor_type_here) 308 << T; 309 } else if (ObjectTypePtr) 310 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ident_in_dtor_not_a_type) 311 << &II; 312 else { 313 SemaDiagnosticBuilder DtorDiag = Diag(NameLoc, 314 diag::err_destructor_class_name); 315 if (S) { 316 const DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity(); 317 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Class = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx)) 318 DtorDiag << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc), 319 Class->getNameAsString()); 320 } 321 } 322 323 return nullptr; 324 } 325 326 ParsedType Sema::getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType) { 327 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || !ObjectType) 328 return nullptr; 329 assert(DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_decltype 330 && "only get destructor types from declspecs"); 331 QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 332 QualType SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectType); 333 if (SearchType->isDependentType() || Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SearchType, T)) { 334 return ParsedType::make(T); 335 } 336 337 Diag(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch) 338 << T << SearchType; 339 return nullptr; 340 } 341 342 bool Sema::checkLiteralOperatorId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 343 const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 344 assert(Name.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId); 345 346 if (!SS.isValid()) 347 return false; 348 349 switch (SS.getScopeRep()->getKind()) { 350 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier: 351 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: 352 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: 353 // Per C++11 [over.literal]p2, literal operators can only be declared at 354 // namespace scope. Therefore, this unqualified-id cannot name anything. 355 // Reject it early, because we have no AST representation for this in the 356 // case where the scope is dependent. 357 Diag(Name.getLocStart(), diag::err_literal_operator_id_outside_namespace) 358 << SS.getScopeRep(); 359 return true; 360 361 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global: 362 case NestedNameSpecifier::Super: 363 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace: 364 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias: 365 return false; 366 } 367 368 llvm_unreachable("unknown nested name specifier kind"); 369 } 370 371 /// \brief Build a C++ typeid expression with a type operand. 372 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 373 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 374 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 375 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 376 // C++ [expr.typeid]p4: 377 // The top-level cv-qualifiers of the lvalue expression or the type-id 378 // that is the operand of typeid are always ignored. 379 // If the type of the type-id is a class type or a reference to a class 380 // type, the class shall be completely-defined. 381 Qualifiers Quals; 382 QualType T 383 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(Operand->getType().getNonReferenceType(), 384 Quals); 385 if (T->getAs<RecordType>() && 386 RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid)) 387 return ExprError(); 388 389 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) 390 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_variably_modified_typeid) << T); 391 392 return new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), Operand, 393 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)); 394 } 395 396 /// \brief Build a C++ typeid expression with an expression operand. 397 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 398 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 399 Expr *E, 400 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 401 bool WasEvaluated = false; 402 if (E && !E->isTypeDependent()) { 403 if (E->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) { 404 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); 405 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 406 E = result.get(); 407 } 408 409 QualType T = E->getType(); 410 if (const RecordType *RecordT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) { 411 CXXRecordDecl *RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordT->getDecl()); 412 // C++ [expr.typeid]p3: 413 // [...] If the type of the expression is a class type, the class 414 // shall be completely-defined. 415 if (RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid)) 416 return ExprError(); 417 418 // C++ [expr.typeid]p3: 419 // When typeid is applied to an expression other than an glvalue of a 420 // polymorphic class type [...] [the] expression is an unevaluated 421 // operand. [...] 422 if (RecordD->isPolymorphic() && E->isGLValue()) { 423 // The subexpression is potentially evaluated; switch the context 424 // and recheck the subexpression. 425 ExprResult Result = TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(E); 426 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 427 E = Result.get(); 428 429 // We require a vtable to query the type at run time. 430 MarkVTableUsed(TypeidLoc, RecordD); 431 WasEvaluated = true; 432 } 433 } 434 435 // C++ [expr.typeid]p4: 436 // [...] If the type of the type-id is a reference to a possibly 437 // cv-qualified type, the result of the typeid expression refers to a 438 // std::type_info object representing the cv-unqualified referenced 439 // type. 440 Qualifiers Quals; 441 QualType UnqualT = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T, Quals); 442 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, UnqualT)) { 443 T = UnqualT; 444 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, UnqualT, CK_NoOp, E->getValueKind()).get(); 445 } 446 } 447 448 if (E->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 449 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_variably_modified_typeid) 450 << E->getType()); 451 else if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && 452 E->HasSideEffects(Context, WasEvaluated)) { 453 // The expression operand for typeid is in an unevaluated expression 454 // context, so side effects could result in unintended consequences. 455 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), WasEvaluated 456 ? diag::warn_side_effects_typeid 457 : diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context); 458 } 459 460 return new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), E, 461 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)); 462 } 463 464 /// ActOnCXXTypeidOfType - Parse typeid( type-id ) or typeid (expression); 465 ExprResult 466 Sema::ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 467 bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 468 // Find the std::type_info type. 469 if (!getStdNamespace()) 470 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid)); 471 472 if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl) { 473 IdentifierInfo *TypeInfoII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("type_info"); 474 LookupResult R(*this, TypeInfoII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 475 LookupQualifiedName(R, getStdNamespace()); 476 CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>(); 477 // Microsoft's typeinfo doesn't have type_info in std but in the global 478 // namespace if _HAS_EXCEPTIONS is defined to 0. See PR13153. 479 if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl && LangOpts.MSVCCompat) { 480 LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 481 CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>(); 482 } 483 if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl) 484 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid)); 485 } 486 487 if (!getLangOpts().RTTI) { 488 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_no_typeid_with_fno_rtti)); 489 } 490 491 QualType TypeInfoType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CXXTypeInfoDecl); 492 493 if (isType) { 494 // The operand is a type; handle it as such. 495 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr; 496 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr), 497 &TInfo); 498 if (T.isNull()) 499 return ExprError(); 500 501 if (!TInfo) 502 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc); 503 504 return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc); 505 } 506 507 // The operand is an expression. 508 return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc); 509 } 510 511 /// Grabs __declspec(uuid()) off a type, or returns 0 if we cannot resolve to 512 /// a single GUID. 513 static void 514 getUuidAttrOfType(Sema &SemaRef, QualType QT, 515 llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> &UuidAttrs) { 516 // Optionally remove one level of pointer, reference or array indirection. 517 const Type *Ty = QT.getTypePtr(); 518 if (QT->isPointerType() || QT->isReferenceType()) 519 Ty = QT->getPointeeType().getTypePtr(); 520 else if (QT->isArrayType()) 521 Ty = Ty->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe(); 522 523 const auto *RD = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 524 if (!RD) 525 return; 526 527 if (const auto *Uuid = RD->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UuidAttr>()) { 528 UuidAttrs.insert(Uuid); 529 return; 530 } 531 532 // __uuidof can grab UUIDs from template arguments. 533 if (const auto *CTSD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD)) { 534 const TemplateArgumentList &TAL = CTSD->getTemplateArgs(); 535 for (const TemplateArgument &TA : TAL.asArray()) { 536 const UuidAttr *UuidForTA = nullptr; 537 if (TA.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type) 538 getUuidAttrOfType(SemaRef, TA.getAsType(), UuidAttrs); 539 else if (TA.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Declaration) 540 getUuidAttrOfType(SemaRef, TA.getAsDecl()->getType(), UuidAttrs); 541 542 if (UuidForTA) 543 UuidAttrs.insert(UuidForTA); 544 } 545 } 546 } 547 548 /// \brief Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with a type operand. 549 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 550 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 551 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 552 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 553 StringRef UuidStr; 554 if (!Operand->getType()->isDependentType()) { 555 llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> UuidAttrs; 556 getUuidAttrOfType(*this, Operand->getType(), UuidAttrs); 557 if (UuidAttrs.empty()) 558 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid)); 559 if (UuidAttrs.size() > 1) 560 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids)); 561 UuidStr = UuidAttrs.back()->getGuid(); 562 } 563 564 return new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), Operand, UuidStr, 565 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)); 566 } 567 568 /// \brief Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with an expression operand. 569 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 570 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 571 Expr *E, 572 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 573 StringRef UuidStr; 574 if (!E->getType()->isDependentType()) { 575 if (E->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 576 UuidStr = "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"; 577 } else { 578 llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> UuidAttrs; 579 getUuidAttrOfType(*this, E->getType(), UuidAttrs); 580 if (UuidAttrs.empty()) 581 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid)); 582 if (UuidAttrs.size() > 1) 583 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids)); 584 UuidStr = UuidAttrs.back()->getGuid(); 585 } 586 } 587 588 return new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), E, UuidStr, 589 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)); 590 } 591 592 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( type-id ) or __uuidof (expression); 593 ExprResult 594 Sema::ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 595 bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 596 // If MSVCGuidDecl has not been cached, do the lookup. 597 if (!MSVCGuidDecl) { 598 IdentifierInfo *GuidII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("_GUID"); 599 LookupResult R(*this, GuidII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 600 LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 601 MSVCGuidDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>(); 602 if (!MSVCGuidDecl) 603 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_ms_uuidof)); 604 } 605 606 QualType GuidType = Context.getTypeDeclType(MSVCGuidDecl); 607 608 if (isType) { 609 // The operand is a type; handle it as such. 610 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr; 611 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr), 612 &TInfo); 613 if (T.isNull()) 614 return ExprError(); 615 616 if (!TInfo) 617 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc); 618 619 return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc); 620 } 621 622 // The operand is an expression. 623 return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc); 624 } 625 626 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. 627 ExprResult 628 Sema::ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind) { 629 assert((Kind == tok::kw_true || Kind == tok::kw_false) && 630 "Unknown C++ Boolean value!"); 631 return new (Context) 632 CXXBoolLiteralExpr(Kind == tok::kw_true, Context.BoolTy, OpLoc); 633 } 634 635 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. 636 ExprResult 637 Sema::ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc) { 638 return new (Context) CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr(Context.NullPtrTy, Loc); 639 } 640 641 /// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. 642 ExprResult 643 Sema::ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex) { 644 bool IsThrownVarInScope = false; 645 if (Ex) { 646 // C++0x [class.copymove]p31: 647 // When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the 648 // copy/move construction of a class object [...] 649 // 650 // - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a 651 // non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or catch- 652 // clause parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the 653 // innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move 654 // operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be 655 // omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the 656 // exception object 657 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Ex->IgnoreParens())) 658 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) { 659 if (Var->hasLocalStorage() && !Var->getType().isVolatileQualified()) { 660 for( ; S; S = S->getParent()) { 661 if (S->isDeclScope(Var)) { 662 IsThrownVarInScope = true; 663 break; 664 } 665 666 if (S->getFlags() & 667 (Scope::FnScope | Scope::ClassScope | Scope::BlockScope | 668 Scope::FunctionPrototypeScope | Scope::ObjCMethodScope | 669 Scope::TryScope)) 670 break; 671 } 672 } 673 } 674 } 675 676 return BuildCXXThrow(OpLoc, Ex, IsThrownVarInScope); 677 } 678 679 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, 680 bool IsThrownVarInScope) { 681 // Don't report an error if 'throw' is used in system headers. 682 if (!getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && 683 !getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OpLoc)) 684 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_exceptions_disabled) << "throw"; 685 686 // Exceptions aren't allowed in CUDA device code. 687 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 688 CheckCUDAExceptionExpr(OpLoc, "throw"); 689 690 if (getCurScope() && getCurScope()->isOpenMPSimdDirectiveScope()) 691 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_omp_simd_region_cannot_use_stmt) << "throw"; 692 693 if (Ex && !Ex->isTypeDependent()) { 694 QualType ExceptionObjectTy = Context.getExceptionObjectType(Ex->getType()); 695 if (CheckCXXThrowOperand(OpLoc, ExceptionObjectTy, Ex)) 696 return ExprError(); 697 698 // Initialize the exception result. This implicitly weeds out 699 // abstract types or types with inaccessible copy constructors. 700 701 // C++0x [class.copymove]p31: 702 // When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the 703 // copy/move construction of a class object [...] 704 // 705 // - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a 706 // non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or 707 // catch-clause 708 // parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the 709 // innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move 710 // operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be 711 // omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the 712 // exception object 713 const VarDecl *NRVOVariable = nullptr; 714 if (IsThrownVarInScope) 715 NRVOVariable = getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType(), Ex, false); 716 717 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeException( 718 OpLoc, ExceptionObjectTy, 719 /*NRVO=*/NRVOVariable != nullptr); 720 ExprResult Res = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 721 Entity, NRVOVariable, QualType(), Ex, IsThrownVarInScope); 722 if (Res.isInvalid()) 723 return ExprError(); 724 Ex = Res.get(); 725 } 726 727 return new (Context) 728 CXXThrowExpr(Ex, Context.VoidTy, OpLoc, IsThrownVarInScope); 729 } 730 731 static void 732 collectPublicBases(CXXRecordDecl *RD, 733 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, unsigned> &SubobjectsSeen, 734 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<CXXRecordDecl *> &VBases, 735 llvm::SetVector<CXXRecordDecl *> &PublicSubobjectsSeen, 736 bool ParentIsPublic) { 737 for (const CXXBaseSpecifier &BS : RD->bases()) { 738 CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = BS.getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 739 bool NewSubobject; 740 // Virtual bases constitute the same subobject. Non-virtual bases are 741 // always distinct subobjects. 742 if (BS.isVirtual()) 743 NewSubobject = VBases.insert(BaseDecl).second; 744 else 745 NewSubobject = true; 746 747 if (NewSubobject) 748 ++SubobjectsSeen[BaseDecl]; 749 750 // Only add subobjects which have public access throughout the entire chain. 751 bool PublicPath = ParentIsPublic && BS.getAccessSpecifier() == AS_public; 752 if (PublicPath) 753 PublicSubobjectsSeen.insert(BaseDecl); 754 755 // Recurse on to each base subobject. 756 collectPublicBases(BaseDecl, SubobjectsSeen, VBases, PublicSubobjectsSeen, 757 PublicPath); 758 } 759 } 760 761 static void getUnambiguousPublicSubobjects( 762 CXXRecordDecl *RD, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<CXXRecordDecl *> &Objects) { 763 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, unsigned> SubobjectsSeen; 764 llvm::SmallSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 2> VBases; 765 llvm::SetVector<CXXRecordDecl *> PublicSubobjectsSeen; 766 SubobjectsSeen[RD] = 1; 767 PublicSubobjectsSeen.insert(RD); 768 collectPublicBases(RD, SubobjectsSeen, VBases, PublicSubobjectsSeen, 769 /*ParentIsPublic=*/true); 770 771 for (CXXRecordDecl *PublicSubobject : PublicSubobjectsSeen) { 772 // Skip ambiguous objects. 773 if (SubobjectsSeen[PublicSubobject] > 1) 774 continue; 775 776 Objects.push_back(PublicSubobject); 777 } 778 } 779 780 /// CheckCXXThrowOperand - Validate the operand of a throw. 781 bool Sema::CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, 782 QualType ExceptionObjectTy, Expr *E) { 783 // If the type of the exception would be an incomplete type or a pointer 784 // to an incomplete type other than (cv) void the program is ill-formed. 785 QualType Ty = ExceptionObjectTy; 786 bool isPointer = false; 787 if (const PointerType* Ptr = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) { 788 Ty = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 789 isPointer = true; 790 } 791 if (!isPointer || !Ty->isVoidType()) { 792 if (RequireCompleteType(ThrowLoc, Ty, 793 isPointer ? diag::err_throw_incomplete_ptr 794 : diag::err_throw_incomplete, 795 E->getSourceRange())) 796 return true; 797 798 if (RequireNonAbstractType(ThrowLoc, ExceptionObjectTy, 799 diag::err_throw_abstract_type, E)) 800 return true; 801 } 802 803 // If the exception has class type, we need additional handling. 804 CXXRecordDecl *RD = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 805 if (!RD) 806 return false; 807 808 // If we are throwing a polymorphic class type or pointer thereof, 809 // exception handling will make use of the vtable. 810 MarkVTableUsed(ThrowLoc, RD); 811 812 // If a pointer is thrown, the referenced object will not be destroyed. 813 if (isPointer) 814 return false; 815 816 // If the class has a destructor, we must be able to call it. 817 if (!RD->hasIrrelevantDestructor()) { 818 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD)) { 819 MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor); 820 CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor, 821 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_exception) << Ty); 822 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, E->getExprLoc())) 823 return true; 824 } 825 } 826 827 // The MSVC ABI creates a list of all types which can catch the exception 828 // object. This list also references the appropriate copy constructor to call 829 // if the object is caught by value and has a non-trivial copy constructor. 830 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 831 // We are only interested in the public, unambiguous bases contained within 832 // the exception object. Bases which are ambiguous or otherwise 833 // inaccessible are not catchable types. 834 llvm::SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 2> UnambiguousPublicSubobjects; 835 getUnambiguousPublicSubobjects(RD, UnambiguousPublicSubobjects); 836 837 for (CXXRecordDecl *Subobject : UnambiguousPublicSubobjects) { 838 // Attempt to lookup the copy constructor. Various pieces of machinery 839 // will spring into action, like template instantiation, which means this 840 // cannot be a simple walk of the class's decls. Instead, we must perform 841 // lookup and overload resolution. 842 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = LookupCopyingConstructor(Subobject, 0); 843 if (!CD) 844 continue; 845 846 // Mark the constructor referenced as it is used by this throw expression. 847 MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), CD); 848 849 // Skip this copy constructor if it is trivial, we don't need to record it 850 // in the catchable type data. 851 if (CD->isTrivial()) 852 continue; 853 854 // The copy constructor is non-trivial, create a mapping from this class 855 // type to this constructor. 856 // N.B. The selection of copy constructor is not sensitive to this 857 // particular throw-site. Lookup will be performed at the catch-site to 858 // ensure that the copy constructor is, in fact, accessible (via 859 // friendship or any other means). 860 Context.addCopyConstructorForExceptionObject(Subobject, CD); 861 862 // We don't keep the instantiated default argument expressions around so 863 // we must rebuild them here. 864 for (unsigned I = 1, E = CD->getNumParams(); I != E; ++I) { 865 // Skip any default arguments that we've already instantiated. 866 if (Context.getDefaultArgExprForConstructor(CD, I)) 867 continue; 868 869 Expr *DefaultArg = 870 BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(ThrowLoc, CD, CD->getParamDecl(I)).get(); 871 Context.addDefaultArgExprForConstructor(CD, I, DefaultArg); 872 } 873 } 874 } 875 876 return false; 877 } 878 879 static QualType adjustCVQualifiersForCXXThisWithinLambda( 880 ArrayRef<FunctionScopeInfo *> FunctionScopes, QualType ThisTy, 881 DeclContext *CurSemaContext, ASTContext &ASTCtx) { 882 883 QualType ClassType = ThisTy->getPointeeType(); 884 LambdaScopeInfo *CurLSI = nullptr; 885 DeclContext *CurDC = CurSemaContext; 886 887 // Iterate through the stack of lambdas starting from the innermost lambda to 888 // the outermost lambda, checking if '*this' is ever captured by copy - since 889 // that could change the cv-qualifiers of the '*this' object. 890 // The object referred to by '*this' starts out with the cv-qualifiers of its 891 // member function. We then start with the innermost lambda and iterate 892 // outward checking to see if any lambda performs a by-copy capture of '*this' 893 // - and if so, any nested lambda must respect the 'constness' of that 894 // capturing lamdbda's call operator. 895 // 896 897 // The issue is that we cannot rely entirely on the FunctionScopeInfo stack 898 // since ScopeInfos are pushed on during parsing and treetransforming. But 899 // since a generic lambda's call operator can be instantiated anywhere (even 900 // end of the TU) we need to be able to examine its enclosing lambdas and so 901 // we use the DeclContext to get a hold of the closure-class and query it for 902 // capture information. The reason we don't just resort to always using the 903 // DeclContext chain is that it is only mature for lambda expressions 904 // enclosing generic lambda's call operators that are being instantiated. 905 906 for (int I = FunctionScopes.size(); 907 I-- && isa<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[I]); 908 CurDC = getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(CurDC)) { 909 CurLSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[I]); 910 911 if (!CurLSI->isCXXThisCaptured()) 912 continue; 913 914 auto C = CurLSI->getCXXThisCapture(); 915 916 if (C.isCopyCapture()) { 917 ClassType.removeLocalCVRQualifiers(Qualifiers::CVRMask); 918 if (CurLSI->CallOperator->isConst()) 919 ClassType.addConst(); 920 return ASTCtx.getPointerType(ClassType); 921 } 922 } 923 // We've run out of ScopeInfos but check if CurDC is a lambda (which can 924 // happen during instantiation of generic lambdas) 925 if (isLambdaCallOperator(CurDC)) { 926 assert(CurLSI); 927 assert(isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(CurLSI->CallOperator)); 928 assert(CurDC == getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(CurLSI->CallOperator)); 929 930 auto IsThisCaptured = 931 [](CXXRecordDecl *Closure, bool &IsByCopy, bool &IsConst) { 932 IsConst = false; 933 IsByCopy = false; 934 for (auto &&C : Closure->captures()) { 935 if (C.capturesThis()) { 936 if (C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis) 937 IsByCopy = true; 938 if (Closure->getLambdaCallOperator()->isConst()) 939 IsConst = true; 940 return true; 941 } 942 } 943 return false; 944 }; 945 946 bool IsByCopyCapture = false; 947 bool IsConstCapture = false; 948 CXXRecordDecl *Closure = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurDC->getParent()); 949 while (Closure && 950 IsThisCaptured(Closure, IsByCopyCapture, IsConstCapture)) { 951 if (IsByCopyCapture) { 952 ClassType.removeLocalCVRQualifiers(Qualifiers::CVRMask); 953 if (IsConstCapture) 954 ClassType.addConst(); 955 return ASTCtx.getPointerType(ClassType); 956 } 957 Closure = isLambdaCallOperator(Closure->getParent()) 958 ? cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Closure->getParent()->getParent()) 959 : nullptr; 960 } 961 } 962 return ASTCtx.getPointerType(ClassType); 963 } 964 965 QualType Sema::getCurrentThisType() { 966 DeclContext *DC = getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); 967 QualType ThisTy = CXXThisTypeOverride; 968 969 if (CXXMethodDecl *method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) { 970 if (method && method->isInstance()) 971 ThisTy = method->getThisType(Context); 972 } 973 974 if (ThisTy.isNull() && isLambdaCallOperator(CurContext) && 975 !ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 976 977 assert(isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && 978 "Trying to get 'this' type from static method?"); 979 980 // This is a lambda call operator that is being instantiated as a default 981 // initializer. DC must point to the enclosing class type, so we can recover 982 // the 'this' type from it. 983 984 QualType ClassTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)); 985 // There are no cv-qualifiers for 'this' within default initializers, 986 // per [expr.prim.general]p4. 987 ThisTy = Context.getPointerType(ClassTy); 988 } 989 990 // If we are within a lambda's call operator, the cv-qualifiers of 'this' 991 // might need to be adjusted if the lambda or any of its enclosing lambda's 992 // captures '*this' by copy. 993 if (!ThisTy.isNull() && isLambdaCallOperator(CurContext)) 994 return adjustCVQualifiersForCXXThisWithinLambda(FunctionScopes, ThisTy, 995 CurContext, Context); 996 return ThisTy; 997 } 998 999 Sema::CXXThisScopeRAII::CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, 1000 Decl *ContextDecl, 1001 unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals, 1002 bool Enabled) 1003 : S(S), OldCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride), Enabled(false) 1004 { 1005 if (!Enabled || !ContextDecl) 1006 return; 1007 1008 CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 1009 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(ContextDecl)) 1010 Record = Template->getTemplatedDecl(); 1011 else 1012 Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ContextDecl); 1013 1014 // We care only for CVR qualifiers here, so cut everything else. 1015 CXXThisTypeQuals &= Qualifiers::FastMask; 1016 S.CXXThisTypeOverride 1017 = S.Context.getPointerType( 1018 S.Context.getRecordType(Record).withCVRQualifiers(CXXThisTypeQuals)); 1019 1020 this->Enabled = true; 1021 } 1022 1023 1024 Sema::CXXThisScopeRAII::~CXXThisScopeRAII() { 1025 if (Enabled) { 1026 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = OldCXXThisTypeOverride; 1027 } 1028 } 1029 1030 static Expr *captureThis(Sema &S, ASTContext &Context, RecordDecl *RD, 1031 QualType ThisTy, SourceLocation Loc, 1032 const bool ByCopy) { 1033 1034 QualType AdjustedThisTy = ThisTy; 1035 // The type of the corresponding data member (not a 'this' pointer if 'by 1036 // copy'). 1037 QualType CaptureThisFieldTy = ThisTy; 1038 if (ByCopy) { 1039 // If we are capturing the object referred to by '*this' by copy, ignore any 1040 // cv qualifiers inherited from the type of the member function for the type 1041 // of the closure-type's corresponding data member and any use of 'this'. 1042 CaptureThisFieldTy = ThisTy->getPointeeType(); 1043 CaptureThisFieldTy.removeLocalCVRQualifiers(Qualifiers::CVRMask); 1044 AdjustedThisTy = Context.getPointerType(CaptureThisFieldTy); 1045 } 1046 1047 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create( 1048 Context, RD, Loc, Loc, nullptr, CaptureThisFieldTy, 1049 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(CaptureThisFieldTy, Loc), nullptr, false, 1050 ICIS_NoInit); 1051 1052 Field->setImplicit(true); 1053 Field->setAccess(AS_private); 1054 RD->addDecl(Field); 1055 Expr *This = 1056 new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit*/ true); 1057 if (ByCopy) { 1058 Expr *StarThis = S.CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(Loc, 1059 UO_Deref, 1060 This).get(); 1061 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeLambdaCapture( 1062 nullptr, CaptureThisFieldTy, Loc); 1063 InitializationKind InitKind = InitializationKind::CreateDirect(Loc, Loc, Loc); 1064 InitializationSequence Init(S, Entity, InitKind, StarThis); 1065 ExprResult ER = Init.Perform(S, Entity, InitKind, StarThis); 1066 if (ER.isInvalid()) return nullptr; 1067 return ER.get(); 1068 } 1069 return This; 1070 } 1071 1072 bool Sema::CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, const bool Explicit, 1073 bool BuildAndDiagnose, const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt, 1074 const bool ByCopy) { 1075 // We don't need to capture this in an unevaluated context. 1076 if (isUnevaluatedContext() && !Explicit) 1077 return true; 1078 1079 assert((!ByCopy || Explicit) && "cannot implicitly capture *this by value"); 1080 1081 const unsigned MaxFunctionScopesIndex = FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt ? 1082 *FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt : FunctionScopes.size() - 1; 1083 1084 // Check that we can capture the *enclosing object* (referred to by '*this') 1085 // by the capturing-entity/closure (lambda/block/etc) at 1086 // MaxFunctionScopesIndex-deep on the FunctionScopes stack. 1087 1088 // Note: The *enclosing object* can only be captured by-value by a 1089 // closure that is a lambda, using the explicit notation: 1090 // [*this] { ... }. 1091 // Every other capture of the *enclosing object* results in its by-reference 1092 // capture. 1093 1094 // For a closure 'L' (at MaxFunctionScopesIndex in the FunctionScopes 1095 // stack), we can capture the *enclosing object* only if: 1096 // - 'L' has an explicit byref or byval capture of the *enclosing object* 1097 // - or, 'L' has an implicit capture. 1098 // AND 1099 // -- there is no enclosing closure 1100 // -- or, there is some enclosing closure 'E' that has already captured the 1101 // *enclosing object*, and every intervening closure (if any) between 'E' 1102 // and 'L' can implicitly capture the *enclosing object*. 1103 // -- or, every enclosing closure can implicitly capture the 1104 // *enclosing object* 1105 1106 1107 unsigned NumCapturingClosures = 0; 1108 for (unsigned idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; idx != 0; idx--) { 1109 if (CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = 1110 dyn_cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx])) { 1111 if (CSI->CXXThisCaptureIndex != 0) { 1112 // 'this' is already being captured; there isn't anything more to do. 1113 break; 1114 } 1115 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI); 1116 if (LSI && isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(LSI->CallOperator)) { 1117 // This context can't implicitly capture 'this'; fail out. 1118 if (BuildAndDiagnose) 1119 Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture) 1120 << (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex); 1121 return true; 1122 } 1123 if (CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref || 1124 CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval || 1125 CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_Block || 1126 CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_CapturedRegion || 1127 (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex)) { 1128 // Regarding (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex): only the first 1129 // iteration through can be an explicit capture, all enclosing closures, 1130 // if any, must perform implicit captures. 1131 1132 // This closure can capture 'this'; continue looking upwards. 1133 NumCapturingClosures++; 1134 continue; 1135 } 1136 // This context can't implicitly capture 'this'; fail out. 1137 if (BuildAndDiagnose) 1138 Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture) 1139 << (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex); 1140 return true; 1141 } 1142 break; 1143 } 1144 if (!BuildAndDiagnose) return false; 1145 1146 // If we got here, then the closure at MaxFunctionScopesIndex on the 1147 // FunctionScopes stack, can capture the *enclosing object*, so capture it 1148 // (including implicit by-reference captures in any enclosing closures). 1149 1150 // In the loop below, respect the ByCopy flag only for the closure requesting 1151 // the capture (i.e. first iteration through the loop below). Ignore it for 1152 // all enclosing closure's upto NumCapturingClosures (since they must be 1153 // implicitly capturing the *enclosing object* by reference (see loop 1154 // above)). 1155 assert((!ByCopy || 1156 dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[MaxFunctionScopesIndex])) && 1157 "Only a lambda can capture the enclosing object (referred to by " 1158 "*this) by copy"); 1159 // FIXME: We need to delay this marking in PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated 1160 // contexts. 1161 QualType ThisTy = getCurrentThisType(); 1162 for (unsigned idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; NumCapturingClosures; 1163 --idx, --NumCapturingClosures) { 1164 CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx]); 1165 Expr *ThisExpr = nullptr; 1166 1167 if (LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI)) { 1168 // For lambda expressions, build a field and an initializing expression, 1169 // and capture the *enclosing object* by copy only if this is the first 1170 // iteration. 1171 ThisExpr = captureThis(*this, Context, LSI->Lambda, ThisTy, Loc, 1172 ByCopy && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex); 1173 1174 } else if (CapturedRegionScopeInfo *RSI 1175 = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx])) 1176 ThisExpr = 1177 captureThis(*this, Context, RSI->TheRecordDecl, ThisTy, Loc, 1178 false/*ByCopy*/); 1179 1180 bool isNested = NumCapturingClosures > 1; 1181 CSI->addThisCapture(isNested, Loc, ThisExpr, ByCopy); 1182 } 1183 return false; 1184 } 1185 1186 ExprResult Sema::ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation Loc) { 1187 /// C++ 9.3.2: In the body of a non-static member function, the keyword this 1188 /// is a non-lvalue expression whose value is the address of the object for 1189 /// which the function is called. 1190 1191 QualType ThisTy = getCurrentThisType(); 1192 if (ThisTy.isNull()) return Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_this_use); 1193 1194 CheckCXXThisCapture(Loc); 1195 return new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit=*/false); 1196 } 1197 1198 bool Sema::isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType) { 1199 // If we're outside the body of a member function, then we'll have a specified 1200 // type for 'this'. 1201 if (CXXThisTypeOverride.isNull()) 1202 return false; 1203 1204 // Determine whether we're looking into a class that's currently being 1205 // defined. 1206 CXXRecordDecl *Class = BaseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 1207 return Class && Class->isBeingDefined(); 1208 } 1209 1210 ExprResult 1211 Sema::ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, 1212 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 1213 MultiExprArg exprs, 1214 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 1215 if (!TypeRep) 1216 return ExprError(); 1217 1218 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 1219 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(TypeRep, &TInfo); 1220 if (!TInfo) 1221 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Ty, SourceLocation()); 1222 1223 auto Result = BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TInfo, LParenLoc, exprs, RParenLoc); 1224 // Avoid creating a non-type-dependent expression that contains typos. 1225 // Non-type-dependent expressions are liable to be discarded without 1226 // checking for embedded typos. 1227 if (!Result.isInvalid() && Result.get()->isInstantiationDependent() && 1228 !Result.get()->isTypeDependent()) 1229 Result = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Result.get()); 1230 return Result; 1231 } 1232 1233 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. 1234 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") 1235 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") 1236 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). 1237 ExprResult 1238 Sema::BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1239 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 1240 MultiExprArg Exprs, 1241 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 1242 QualType Ty = TInfo->getType(); 1243 SourceLocation TyBeginLoc = TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 1244 1245 if (Ty->isDependentType() || CallExpr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Exprs)) { 1246 return CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr::Create(Context, TInfo, LParenLoc, Exprs, 1247 RParenLoc); 1248 } 1249 1250 bool ListInitialization = LParenLoc.isInvalid(); 1251 assert((!ListInitialization || (Exprs.size() == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Exprs[0]))) 1252 && "List initialization must have initializer list as expression."); 1253 SourceRange FullRange = SourceRange(TyBeginLoc, 1254 ListInitialization ? Exprs[0]->getSourceRange().getEnd() : RParenLoc); 1255 1256 // C++ [expr.type.conv]p1: 1257 // If the expression list is a single expression, the type conversion 1258 // expression is equivalent (in definedness, and if defined in meaning) to the 1259 // corresponding cast expression. 1260 if (Exprs.size() == 1 && !ListInitialization) { 1261 Expr *Arg = Exprs[0]; 1262 return BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TInfo, LParenLoc, Arg, RParenLoc); 1263 } 1264 1265 // C++14 [expr.type.conv]p2: The expression T(), where T is a 1266 // simple-type-specifier or typename-specifier for a non-array complete 1267 // object type or the (possibly cv-qualified) void type, creates a prvalue 1268 // of the specified type, whose value is that produced by value-initializing 1269 // an object of type T. 1270 QualType ElemTy = Ty; 1271 if (Ty->isArrayType()) { 1272 if (!ListInitialization) 1273 return ExprError(Diag(TyBeginLoc, 1274 diag::err_value_init_for_array_type) << FullRange); 1275 ElemTy = Context.getBaseElementType(Ty); 1276 } 1277 1278 if (!ListInitialization && Ty->isFunctionType()) 1279 return ExprError(Diag(TyBeginLoc, diag::err_value_init_for_function_type) 1280 << FullRange); 1281 1282 if (!Ty->isVoidType() && 1283 RequireCompleteType(TyBeginLoc, ElemTy, 1284 diag::err_invalid_incomplete_type_use, FullRange)) 1285 return ExprError(); 1286 1287 if (RequireNonAbstractType(TyBeginLoc, Ty, 1288 diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type)) 1289 return ExprError(); 1290 1291 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TInfo); 1292 InitializationKind Kind = 1293 Exprs.size() ? ListInitialization 1294 ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(TyBeginLoc) 1295 : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TyBeginLoc, LParenLoc, RParenLoc) 1296 : InitializationKind::CreateValue(TyBeginLoc, LParenLoc, RParenLoc); 1297 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs); 1298 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs); 1299 1300 if (Result.isInvalid() || !ListInitialization) 1301 return Result; 1302 1303 Expr *Inner = Result.get(); 1304 if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *BTE = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(Inner)) 1305 Inner = BTE->getSubExpr(); 1306 if (!isa<CXXTemporaryObjectExpr>(Inner)) { 1307 // If we created a CXXTemporaryObjectExpr, that node also represents the 1308 // functional cast. Otherwise, create an explicit cast to represent 1309 // the syntactic form of a functional-style cast that was used here. 1310 // 1311 // FIXME: Creating a CXXFunctionalCastExpr around a CXXConstructExpr 1312 // would give a more consistent AST representation than using a 1313 // CXXTemporaryObjectExpr. It's also weird that the functional cast 1314 // is sometimes handled by initialization and sometimes not. 1315 QualType ResultType = Result.get()->getType(); 1316 Result = CXXFunctionalCastExpr::Create( 1317 Context, ResultType, Expr::getValueKindForType(TInfo->getType()), TInfo, 1318 CK_NoOp, Result.get(), /*Path=*/nullptr, LParenLoc, RParenLoc); 1319 } 1320 1321 return Result; 1322 } 1323 1324 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is a non-placement 1325 /// deallocation function. 1326 static bool isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 1327 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 1328 return false; 1329 1330 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 1331 return Method->isUsualDeallocationFunction(); 1332 1333 if (FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Delete && 1334 FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Array_Delete) 1335 return false; 1336 1337 unsigned UsualParams = 1; 1338 1339 if (S.getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && UsualParams < FD->getNumParams() && 1340 S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType( 1341 FD->getParamDecl(UsualParams)->getType(), 1342 S.Context.getSizeType())) 1343 ++UsualParams; 1344 1345 if (S.getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation && UsualParams < FD->getNumParams() && 1346 S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType( 1347 FD->getParamDecl(UsualParams)->getType(), 1348 S.Context.getTypeDeclType(S.getStdAlignValT()))) 1349 ++UsualParams; 1350 1351 return UsualParams == FD->getNumParams(); 1352 } 1353 1354 namespace { 1355 struct UsualDeallocFnInfo { 1356 UsualDeallocFnInfo() : Found(), FD(nullptr) {} 1357 UsualDeallocFnInfo(Sema &S, DeclAccessPair Found) 1358 : Found(Found), FD(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Found->getUnderlyingDecl())), 1359 HasSizeT(false), HasAlignValT(false), CUDAPref(Sema::CFP_Native) { 1360 // A function template declaration is never a usual deallocation function. 1361 if (!FD) 1362 return; 1363 if (FD->getNumParams() == 3) 1364 HasAlignValT = HasSizeT = true; 1365 else if (FD->getNumParams() == 2) { 1366 HasSizeT = FD->getParamDecl(1)->getType()->isIntegerType(); 1367 HasAlignValT = !HasSizeT; 1368 } 1369 1370 // In CUDA, determine how much we'd like / dislike to call this. 1371 if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA) 1372 if (auto *Caller = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext)) 1373 CUDAPref = S.IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, FD); 1374 } 1375 1376 operator bool() const { return FD; } 1377 1378 bool isBetterThan(const UsualDeallocFnInfo &Other, bool WantSize, 1379 bool WantAlign) const { 1380 // C++17 [expr.delete]p10: 1381 // If the type has new-extended alignment, a function with a parameter 1382 // of type std::align_val_t is preferred; otherwise a function without 1383 // such a parameter is preferred 1384 if (HasAlignValT != Other.HasAlignValT) 1385 return HasAlignValT == WantAlign; 1386 1387 if (HasSizeT != Other.HasSizeT) 1388 return HasSizeT == WantSize; 1389 1390 // Use CUDA call preference as a tiebreaker. 1391 return CUDAPref > Other.CUDAPref; 1392 } 1393 1394 DeclAccessPair Found; 1395 FunctionDecl *FD; 1396 bool HasSizeT, HasAlignValT; 1397 Sema::CUDAFunctionPreference CUDAPref; 1398 }; 1399 } 1400 1401 /// Determine whether a type has new-extended alignment. This may be called when 1402 /// the type is incomplete (for a delete-expression with an incomplete pointee 1403 /// type), in which case it will conservatively return false if the alignment is 1404 /// not known. 1405 static bool hasNewExtendedAlignment(Sema &S, QualType AllocType) { 1406 return S.getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation && 1407 S.getASTContext().getTypeAlignIfKnown(AllocType) > 1408 S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getNewAlign(); 1409 } 1410 1411 /// Select the correct "usual" deallocation function to use from a selection of 1412 /// deallocation functions (either global or class-scope). 1413 static UsualDeallocFnInfo resolveDeallocationOverload( 1414 Sema &S, LookupResult &R, bool WantSize, bool WantAlign, 1415 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<UsualDeallocFnInfo> *BestFns = nullptr) { 1416 UsualDeallocFnInfo Best; 1417 1418 for (auto I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) { 1419 UsualDeallocFnInfo Info(S, I.getPair()); 1420 if (!Info || !isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(S, Info.FD) || 1421 Info.CUDAPref == Sema::CFP_Never) 1422 continue; 1423 1424 if (!Best) { 1425 Best = Info; 1426 if (BestFns) 1427 BestFns->push_back(Info); 1428 continue; 1429 } 1430 1431 if (Best.isBetterThan(Info, WantSize, WantAlign)) 1432 continue; 1433 1434 // If more than one preferred function is found, all non-preferred 1435 // functions are eliminated from further consideration. 1436 if (BestFns && Info.isBetterThan(Best, WantSize, WantAlign)) 1437 BestFns->clear(); 1438 1439 Best = Info; 1440 if (BestFns) 1441 BestFns->push_back(Info); 1442 } 1443 1444 return Best; 1445 } 1446 1447 /// Determine whether a given type is a class for which 'delete[]' would call 1448 /// a member 'operator delete[]' with a 'size_t' parameter. This implies that 1449 /// we need to store the array size (even if the type is 1450 /// trivially-destructible). 1451 static bool doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(Sema &S, SourceLocation loc, 1452 QualType allocType) { 1453 const RecordType *record = 1454 allocType->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAs<RecordType>(); 1455 if (!record) return false; 1456 1457 // Try to find an operator delete[] in class scope. 1458 1459 DeclarationName deleteName = 1460 S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete); 1461 LookupResult ops(S, deleteName, loc, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); 1462 S.LookupQualifiedName(ops, record->getDecl()); 1463 1464 // We're just doing this for information. 1465 ops.suppressDiagnostics(); 1466 1467 // Very likely: there's no operator delete[]. 1468 if (ops.empty()) return false; 1469 1470 // If it's ambiguous, it should be illegal to call operator delete[] 1471 // on this thing, so it doesn't matter if we allocate extra space or not. 1472 if (ops.isAmbiguous()) return false; 1473 1474 // C++17 [expr.delete]p10: 1475 // If the deallocation functions have class scope, the one without a 1476 // parameter of type std::size_t is selected. 1477 auto Best = resolveDeallocationOverload( 1478 S, ops, /*WantSize*/false, 1479 /*WantAlign*/hasNewExtendedAlignment(S, allocType)); 1480 return Best && Best.HasSizeT; 1481 } 1482 1483 /// \brief Parsed a C++ 'new' expression (C++ 5.3.4). 1484 /// 1485 /// E.g.: 1486 /// @code new (memory) int[size][4] @endcode 1487 /// or 1488 /// @code ::new Foo(23, "hello") @endcode 1489 /// 1490 /// \param StartLoc The first location of the expression. 1491 /// \param UseGlobal True if 'new' was prefixed with '::'. 1492 /// \param PlacementLParen Opening paren of the placement arguments. 1493 /// \param PlacementArgs Placement new arguments. 1494 /// \param PlacementRParen Closing paren of the placement arguments. 1495 /// \param TypeIdParens If the type is in parens, the source range. 1496 /// \param D The type to be allocated, as well as array dimensions. 1497 /// \param Initializer The initializing expression or initializer-list, or null 1498 /// if there is none. 1499 ExprResult 1500 Sema::ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 1501 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 1502 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, SourceRange TypeIdParens, 1503 Declarator &D, Expr *Initializer) { 1504 bool TypeContainsAuto = D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType(); 1505 1506 Expr *ArraySize = nullptr; 1507 // If the specified type is an array, unwrap it and save the expression. 1508 if (D.getNumTypeObjects() > 0 && 1509 D.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Array) { 1510 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(0); 1511 if (TypeContainsAuto) 1512 return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_new_array_of_auto) 1513 << D.getSourceRange()); 1514 if (Chunk.Arr.hasStatic) 1515 return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_static_illegal_in_new) 1516 << D.getSourceRange()); 1517 if (!Chunk.Arr.NumElts) 1518 return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_array_new_needs_size) 1519 << D.getSourceRange()); 1520 1521 ArraySize = static_cast<Expr*>(Chunk.Arr.NumElts); 1522 D.DropFirstTypeObject(); 1523 } 1524 1525 // Every dimension shall be of constant size. 1526 if (ArraySize) { 1527 for (unsigned I = 0, N = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I < N; ++I) { 1528 if (D.getTypeObject(I).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Array) 1529 break; 1530 1531 DeclaratorChunk::ArrayTypeInfo &Array = D.getTypeObject(I).Arr; 1532 if (Expr *NumElts = (Expr *)Array.NumElts) { 1533 if (!NumElts->isTypeDependent() && !NumElts->isValueDependent()) { 1534 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { 1535 // C++1y [expr.new]p6: Every constant-expression in a noptr-new-declarator 1536 // shall be a converted constant expression (5.19) of type std::size_t 1537 // and shall evaluate to a strictly positive value. 1538 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 1539 assert(IntWidth && "Builtin type of size 0?"); 1540 llvm::APSInt Value(IntWidth); 1541 Array.NumElts 1542 = CheckConvertedConstantExpression(NumElts, Context.getSizeType(), Value, 1543 CCEK_NewExpr) 1544 .get(); 1545 } else { 1546 Array.NumElts 1547 = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(NumElts, nullptr, 1548 diag::err_new_array_nonconst) 1549 .get(); 1550 } 1551 if (!Array.NumElts) 1552 return ExprError(); 1553 } 1554 } 1555 } 1556 } 1557 1558 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, /*Scope=*/nullptr); 1559 QualType AllocType = TInfo->getType(); 1560 if (D.isInvalidType()) 1561 return ExprError(); 1562 1563 SourceRange DirectInitRange; 1564 if (ParenListExpr *List = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Initializer)) 1565 DirectInitRange = List->getSourceRange(); 1566 1567 return BuildCXXNew(SourceRange(StartLoc, D.getLocEnd()), UseGlobal, 1568 PlacementLParen, 1569 PlacementArgs, 1570 PlacementRParen, 1571 TypeIdParens, 1572 AllocType, 1573 TInfo, 1574 ArraySize, 1575 DirectInitRange, 1576 Initializer, 1577 TypeContainsAuto); 1578 } 1579 1580 static bool isLegalArrayNewInitializer(CXXNewExpr::InitializationStyle Style, 1581 Expr *Init) { 1582 if (!Init) 1583 return true; 1584 if (ParenListExpr *PLE = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init)) 1585 return PLE->getNumExprs() == 0; 1586 if (isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Init)) 1587 return true; 1588 else if (CXXConstructExpr *CCE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) 1589 return !CCE->isListInitialization() && 1590 CCE->getConstructor()->isDefaultConstructor(); 1591 else if (Style == CXXNewExpr::ListInit) { 1592 assert(isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 1593 "Shouldn't create list CXXConstructExprs for arrays."); 1594 return true; 1595 } 1596 return false; 1597 } 1598 1599 ExprResult 1600 Sema::BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal, 1601 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 1602 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 1603 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 1604 SourceRange TypeIdParens, 1605 QualType AllocType, 1606 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, 1607 Expr *ArraySize, 1608 SourceRange DirectInitRange, 1609 Expr *Initializer, 1610 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 1611 SourceRange TypeRange = AllocTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 1612 SourceLocation StartLoc = Range.getBegin(); 1613 1614 CXXNewExpr::InitializationStyle initStyle; 1615 if (DirectInitRange.isValid()) { 1616 assert(Initializer && "Have parens but no initializer."); 1617 initStyle = CXXNewExpr::CallInit; 1618 } else if (Initializer && isa<InitListExpr>(Initializer)) 1619 initStyle = CXXNewExpr::ListInit; 1620 else { 1621 assert((!Initializer || isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Initializer) || 1622 isa<CXXConstructExpr>(Initializer)) && 1623 "Initializer expression that cannot have been implicitly created."); 1624 initStyle = CXXNewExpr::NoInit; 1625 } 1626 1627 Expr **Inits = &Initializer; 1628 unsigned NumInits = Initializer ? 1 : 0; 1629 if (ParenListExpr *List = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Initializer)) { 1630 assert(initStyle == CXXNewExpr::CallInit && "paren init for non-call init"); 1631 Inits = List->getExprs(); 1632 NumInits = List->getNumExprs(); 1633 } 1634 1635 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 1636 if (TypeMayContainAuto && AllocType->isUndeducedType()) { 1637 if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::NoInit || NumInits == 0) 1638 return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_requires_ctor_arg) 1639 << AllocType << TypeRange); 1640 if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit || 1641 (NumInits == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Inits[0]))) 1642 return ExprError(Diag(Inits[0]->getLocStart(), 1643 diag::err_auto_new_list_init) 1644 << AllocType << TypeRange); 1645 if (NumInits > 1) { 1646 Expr *FirstBad = Inits[1]; 1647 return ExprError(Diag(FirstBad->getLocStart(), 1648 diag::err_auto_new_ctor_multiple_expressions) 1649 << AllocType << TypeRange); 1650 } 1651 Expr *Deduce = Inits[0]; 1652 QualType DeducedType; 1653 if (DeduceAutoType(AllocTypeInfo, Deduce, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) 1654 return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_deduction_failure) 1655 << AllocType << Deduce->getType() 1656 << TypeRange << Deduce->getSourceRange()); 1657 if (DeducedType.isNull()) 1658 return ExprError(); 1659 AllocType = DeducedType; 1660 } 1661 1662 // Per C++0x [expr.new]p5, the type being constructed may be a 1663 // typedef of an array type. 1664 if (!ArraySize) { 1665 if (const ConstantArrayType *Array 1666 = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(AllocType)) { 1667 ArraySize = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Array->getSize(), 1668 Context.getSizeType(), 1669 TypeRange.getEnd()); 1670 AllocType = Array->getElementType(); 1671 } 1672 } 1673 1674 if (CheckAllocatedType(AllocType, TypeRange.getBegin(), TypeRange)) 1675 return ExprError(); 1676 1677 if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit && 1678 isStdInitializerList(AllocType, nullptr)) { 1679 Diag(AllocTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 1680 diag::warn_dangling_std_initializer_list) 1681 << /*at end of FE*/0 << Inits[0]->getSourceRange(); 1682 } 1683 1684 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for the allocated 1685 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 1686 AllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 1687 AllocType->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 1688 AllocType = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(AllocType, 1689 AllocType->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime()); 1690 } 1691 1692 QualType ResultType = Context.getPointerType(AllocType); 1693 1694 if (ArraySize && ArraySize->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) { 1695 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(ArraySize); 1696 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 1697 ArraySize = result.get(); 1698 } 1699 // C++98 5.3.4p6: "The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have 1700 // integral or enumeration type with a non-negative value." 1701 // C++11 [expr.new]p6: The expression [...] shall be of integral or unscoped 1702 // enumeration type, or a class type for which a single non-explicit 1703 // conversion function to integral or unscoped enumeration type exists. 1704 // C++1y [expr.new]p6: The expression [...] is implicitly converted to 1705 // std::size_t. 1706 llvm::Optional<uint64_t> KnownArraySize; 1707 if (ArraySize && !ArraySize->isTypeDependent()) { 1708 ExprResult ConvertedSize; 1709 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { 1710 assert(Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth() && "Builtin type of size 0?"); 1711 1712 ConvertedSize = PerformImplicitConversion(ArraySize, Context.getSizeType(), 1713 AA_Converting); 1714 1715 if (!ConvertedSize.isInvalid() && 1716 ArraySize->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) 1717 // Diagnose the compatibility of this conversion. 1718 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_cxx98_compat_array_size_conversion) 1719 << ArraySize->getType() << 0 << "'size_t'"; 1720 } else { 1721 class SizeConvertDiagnoser : public ICEConvertDiagnoser { 1722 protected: 1723 Expr *ArraySize; 1724 1725 public: 1726 SizeConvertDiagnoser(Expr *ArraySize) 1727 : ICEConvertDiagnoser(/*AllowScopedEnumerations*/false, false, false), 1728 ArraySize(ArraySize) {} 1729 1730 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1731 QualType T) override { 1732 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_not_integral) 1733 << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 << T; 1734 } 1735 1736 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete( 1737 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { 1738 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_incomplete_type) 1739 << T << ArraySize->getSourceRange(); 1740 } 1741 1742 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv( 1743 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) override { 1744 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy; 1745 } 1746 1747 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv( 1748 Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override { 1749 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_array_size_conversion) 1750 << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy; 1751 } 1752 1753 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous( 1754 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { 1755 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_ambiguous_conversion) << T; 1756 } 1757 1758 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous( 1759 Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override { 1760 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_array_size_conversion) 1761 << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy; 1762 } 1763 1764 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1765 QualType T, 1766 QualType ConvTy) override { 1767 return S.Diag(Loc, 1768 S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 1769 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_array_size_conversion 1770 : diag::ext_array_size_conversion) 1771 << T << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy; 1772 } 1773 } SizeDiagnoser(ArraySize); 1774 1775 ConvertedSize = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(StartLoc, ArraySize, 1776 SizeDiagnoser); 1777 } 1778 if (ConvertedSize.isInvalid()) 1779 return ExprError(); 1780 1781 ArraySize = ConvertedSize.get(); 1782 QualType SizeType = ArraySize->getType(); 1783 1784 if (!SizeType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) 1785 return ExprError(); 1786 1787 // C++98 [expr.new]p7: 1788 // The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have integral type 1789 // with a non-negative value. 1790 // 1791 // Let's see if this is a constant < 0. If so, we reject it out of hand, 1792 // per CWG1464. Otherwise, if it's not a constant, we must have an 1793 // unparenthesized array type. 1794 if (!ArraySize->isValueDependent()) { 1795 llvm::APSInt Value; 1796 // We've already performed any required implicit conversion to integer or 1797 // unscoped enumeration type. 1798 // FIXME: Per CWG1464, we are required to check the value prior to 1799 // converting to size_t. This will never find a negative array size in 1800 // C++14 onwards, because Value is always unsigned here! 1801 if (ArraySize->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context)) { 1802 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 1803 return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), 1804 diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size) 1805 << ArraySize->getSourceRange()); 1806 } 1807 1808 if (!AllocType->isDependentType()) { 1809 unsigned ActiveSizeBits = 1810 ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, AllocType, Value); 1811 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) 1812 return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), 1813 diag::err_array_too_large) 1814 << Value.toString(10) 1815 << ArraySize->getSourceRange()); 1816 } 1817 1818 KnownArraySize = Value.getZExtValue(); 1819 } else if (TypeIdParens.isValid()) { 1820 // Can't have dynamic array size when the type-id is in parentheses. 1821 Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), diag::ext_new_paren_array_nonconst) 1822 << ArraySize->getSourceRange() 1823 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getBegin()) 1824 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getEnd()); 1825 1826 TypeIdParens = SourceRange(); 1827 } 1828 } 1829 1830 // Note that we do *not* convert the argument in any way. It can 1831 // be signed, larger than size_t, whatever. 1832 } 1833 1834 FunctionDecl *OperatorNew = nullptr; 1835 FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr; 1836 unsigned Alignment = 1837 AllocType->isDependentType() ? 0 : Context.getTypeAlign(AllocType); 1838 unsigned NewAlignment = Context.getTargetInfo().getNewAlign(); 1839 bool PassAlignment = getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation && 1840 Alignment > NewAlignment; 1841 1842 if (!AllocType->isDependentType() && 1843 !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(PlacementArgs) && 1844 FindAllocationFunctions(StartLoc, 1845 SourceRange(PlacementLParen, PlacementRParen), 1846 UseGlobal, AllocType, ArraySize, PassAlignment, 1847 PlacementArgs, OperatorNew, OperatorDelete)) 1848 return ExprError(); 1849 1850 // If this is an array allocation, compute whether the usual array 1851 // deallocation function for the type has a size_t parameter. 1852 bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false; 1853 if (ArraySize && !AllocType->isDependentType()) 1854 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = 1855 doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, AllocType); 1856 1857 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllPlaceArgs; 1858 if (OperatorNew) { 1859 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = 1860 OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1861 VariadicCallType CallType = Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction 1862 : VariadicDoesNotApply; 1863 1864 // We've already converted the placement args, just fill in any default 1865 // arguments. Skip the first parameter because we don't have a corresponding 1866 // argument. Skip the second parameter too if we're passing in the 1867 // alignment; we've already filled it in. 1868 if (GatherArgumentsForCall(PlacementLParen, OperatorNew, Proto, 1869 PassAlignment ? 2 : 1, PlacementArgs, 1870 AllPlaceArgs, CallType)) 1871 return ExprError(); 1872 1873 if (!AllPlaceArgs.empty()) 1874 PlacementArgs = AllPlaceArgs; 1875 1876 // FIXME: This is wrong: PlacementArgs misses out the first (size) argument. 1877 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(OperatorNew, PlacementLParen, PlacementArgs); 1878 1879 // FIXME: Missing call to CheckFunctionCall or equivalent 1880 1881 // Warn if the type is over-aligned and is being allocated by (unaligned) 1882 // global operator new. 1883 if (PlacementArgs.empty() && !PassAlignment && 1884 (OperatorNew->isImplicit() || 1885 (OperatorNew->getLocStart().isValid() && 1886 getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OperatorNew->getLocStart())))) { 1887 if (Alignment > NewAlignment) 1888 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_overaligned_type) 1889 << AllocType 1890 << unsigned(Alignment / Context.getCharWidth()) 1891 << unsigned(NewAlignment / Context.getCharWidth()); 1892 } 1893 } 1894 1895 // Array 'new' can't have any initializers except empty parentheses. 1896 // Initializer lists are also allowed, in C++11. Rely on the parser for the 1897 // dialect distinction. 1898 if (ArraySize && !isLegalArrayNewInitializer(initStyle, Initializer)) { 1899 SourceRange InitRange(Inits[0]->getLocStart(), 1900 Inits[NumInits - 1]->getLocEnd()); 1901 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_new_array_init_args) << InitRange; 1902 return ExprError(); 1903 } 1904 1905 // If we can perform the initialization, and we've not already done so, 1906 // do it now. 1907 if (!AllocType->isDependentType() && 1908 !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments( 1909 llvm::makeArrayRef(Inits, NumInits))) { 1910 // The type we initialize is the complete type, including the array bound. 1911 QualType InitType; 1912 if (KnownArraySize) 1913 InitType = Context.getConstantArrayType( 1914 AllocType, llvm::APInt(Context.getTypeSize(Context.getSizeType()), 1915 *KnownArraySize), 1916 ArrayType::Normal, 0); 1917 else if (ArraySize) 1918 InitType = 1919 Context.getIncompleteArrayType(AllocType, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 1920 else 1921 InitType = AllocType; 1922 1923 // C++11 [expr.new]p15: 1924 // A new-expression that creates an object of type T initializes that 1925 // object as follows: 1926 InitializationKind Kind 1927 // - If the new-initializer is omitted, the object is default- 1928 // initialized (8.5); if no initialization is performed, 1929 // the object has indeterminate value 1930 = initStyle == CXXNewExpr::NoInit 1931 ? InitializationKind::CreateDefault(TypeRange.getBegin()) 1932 // - Otherwise, the new-initializer is interpreted according to the 1933 // initialization rules of 8.5 for direct-initialization. 1934 : initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit 1935 ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(TypeRange.getBegin()) 1936 : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TypeRange.getBegin(), 1937 DirectInitRange.getBegin(), 1938 DirectInitRange.getEnd()); 1939 1940 InitializedEntity Entity 1941 = InitializedEntity::InitializeNew(StartLoc, InitType); 1942 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 1943 MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits)); 1944 ExprResult FullInit = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 1945 MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits)); 1946 if (FullInit.isInvalid()) 1947 return ExprError(); 1948 1949 // FullInit is our initializer; strip off CXXBindTemporaryExprs, because 1950 // we don't want the initialized object to be destructed. 1951 // FIXME: We should not create these in the first place. 1952 if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Binder = 1953 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(FullInit.get())) 1954 FullInit = Binder->getSubExpr(); 1955 1956 Initializer = FullInit.get(); 1957 } 1958 1959 // Mark the new and delete operators as referenced. 1960 if (OperatorNew) { 1961 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorNew, StartLoc)) 1962 return ExprError(); 1963 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorNew); 1964 } 1965 if (OperatorDelete) { 1966 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorDelete, StartLoc)) 1967 return ExprError(); 1968 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete); 1969 } 1970 1971 // C++0x [expr.new]p17: 1972 // If the new expression creates an array of objects of class type, 1973 // access and ambiguity control are done for the destructor. 1974 QualType BaseAllocType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType); 1975 if (ArraySize && !BaseAllocType->isDependentType()) { 1976 if (const RecordType *BaseRecordType = BaseAllocType->getAs<RecordType>()) { 1977 if (CXXDestructorDecl *dtor = LookupDestructor( 1978 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRecordType->getDecl()))) { 1979 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, dtor); 1980 CheckDestructorAccess(StartLoc, dtor, 1981 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor) 1982 << BaseAllocType); 1983 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(dtor, StartLoc)) 1984 return ExprError(); 1985 } 1986 } 1987 } 1988 1989 return new (Context) 1990 CXXNewExpr(Context, UseGlobal, OperatorNew, OperatorDelete, PassAlignment, 1991 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize, PlacementArgs, TypeIdParens, 1992 ArraySize, initStyle, Initializer, ResultType, AllocTypeInfo, 1993 Range, DirectInitRange); 1994 } 1995 1996 /// \brief Checks that a type is suitable as the allocated type 1997 /// in a new-expression. 1998 bool Sema::CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, 1999 SourceRange R) { 2000 // C++ 5.3.4p1: "[The] type shall be a complete object type, but not an 2001 // abstract class type or array thereof. 2002 if (AllocType->isFunctionType()) 2003 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type) 2004 << AllocType << 0 << R; 2005 else if (AllocType->isReferenceType()) 2006 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type) 2007 << AllocType << 1 << R; 2008 else if (!AllocType->isDependentType() && 2009 RequireCompleteType(Loc, AllocType, diag::err_new_incomplete_type,R)) 2010 return true; 2011 else if (RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, AllocType, 2012 diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type)) 2013 return true; 2014 else if (AllocType->isVariablyModifiedType()) 2015 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_variably_modified_new_type) 2016 << AllocType; 2017 else if (unsigned AddressSpace = AllocType.getAddressSpace()) 2018 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_address_space_qualified_new) 2019 << AllocType.getUnqualifiedType() << AddressSpace; 2020 else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) { 2021 if (const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(AllocType)) { 2022 QualType BaseAllocType = Context.getBaseElementType(AT); 2023 if (BaseAllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 2024 BaseAllocType->isObjCLifetimeType()) 2025 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_arc_new_array_without_ownership) 2026 << BaseAllocType; 2027 } 2028 } 2029 2030 return false; 2031 } 2032 2033 static bool 2034 resolveAllocationOverload(Sema &S, LookupResult &R, SourceRange Range, 2035 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Args, bool &PassAlignment, 2036 FunctionDecl *&Operator, 2037 OverloadCandidateSet *AlignedCandidates = nullptr, 2038 Expr *AlignArg = nullptr) { 2039 OverloadCandidateSet Candidates(R.getNameLoc(), 2040 OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); 2041 for (LookupResult::iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end(); 2042 Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) { 2043 // Even member operator new/delete are implicitly treated as 2044 // static, so don't use AddMemberCandidate. 2045 NamedDecl *D = (*Alloc)->getUnderlyingDecl(); 2046 2047 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) { 2048 S.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FnTemplate, Alloc.getPair(), 2049 /*ExplicitTemplateArgs=*/nullptr, Args, 2050 Candidates, 2051 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false); 2052 continue; 2053 } 2054 2055 FunctionDecl *Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 2056 S.AddOverloadCandidate(Fn, Alloc.getPair(), Args, Candidates, 2057 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false); 2058 } 2059 2060 // Do the resolution. 2061 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; 2062 switch (Candidates.BestViableFunction(S, R.getNameLoc(), Best)) { 2063 case OR_Success: { 2064 // Got one! 2065 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function; 2066 if (S.CheckAllocationAccess(R.getNameLoc(), Range, R.getNamingClass(), 2067 Best->FoundDecl) == Sema::AR_inaccessible) 2068 return true; 2069 2070 Operator = FnDecl; 2071 return false; 2072 } 2073 2074 case OR_No_Viable_Function: 2075 // C++17 [expr.new]p13: 2076 // If no matching function is found and the allocated object type has 2077 // new-extended alignment, the alignment argument is removed from the 2078 // argument list, and overload resolution is performed again. 2079 if (PassAlignment) { 2080 PassAlignment = false; 2081 AlignArg = Args[1]; 2082 Args.erase(Args.begin() + 1); 2083 return resolveAllocationOverload(S, R, Range, Args, PassAlignment, 2084 Operator, &Candidates, AlignArg); 2085 } 2086 2087 // MSVC will fall back on trying to find a matching global operator new 2088 // if operator new[] cannot be found. Also, MSVC will leak by not 2089 // generating a call to operator delete or operator delete[], but we 2090 // will not replicate that bug. 2091 // FIXME: Find out how this interacts with the std::align_val_t fallback 2092 // once MSVC implements it. 2093 if (R.getLookupName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New && 2094 S.Context.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 2095 R.clear(); 2096 R.setLookupName(S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_New)); 2097 S.LookupQualifiedName(R, S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 2098 // FIXME: This will give bad diagnostics pointing at the wrong functions. 2099 return resolveAllocationOverload(S, R, Range, Args, PassAlignment, 2100 Operator, nullptr); 2101 } 2102 2103 S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call) 2104 << R.getLookupName() << Range; 2105 2106 // If we have aligned candidates, only note the align_val_t candidates 2107 // from AlignedCandidates and the non-align_val_t candidates from 2108 // Candidates. 2109 if (AlignedCandidates) { 2110 auto IsAligned = [](OverloadCandidate &C) { 2111 return C.Function->getNumParams() > 1 && 2112 C.Function->getParamDecl(1)->getType()->isAlignValT(); 2113 }; 2114 auto IsUnaligned = [&](OverloadCandidate &C) { return !IsAligned(C); }; 2115 2116 // This was an overaligned allocation, so list the aligned candidates 2117 // first. 2118 Args.insert(Args.begin() + 1, AlignArg); 2119 AlignedCandidates->NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, "", 2120 R.getNameLoc(), IsAligned); 2121 Args.erase(Args.begin() + 1); 2122 Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, "", R.getNameLoc(), 2123 IsUnaligned); 2124 } else { 2125 Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args); 2126 } 2127 return true; 2128 2129 case OR_Ambiguous: 2130 S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call) 2131 << R.getLookupName() << Range; 2132 Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args); 2133 return true; 2134 2135 case OR_Deleted: { 2136 S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_deleted_call) 2137 << Best->Function->isDeleted() 2138 << R.getLookupName() 2139 << S.getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(Best->Function) 2140 << Range; 2141 Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args); 2142 return true; 2143 } 2144 } 2145 llvm_unreachable("Unreachable, bad result from BestViableFunction"); 2146 } 2147 2148 2149 /// FindAllocationFunctions - Finds the overloads of operator new and delete 2150 /// that are appropriate for the allocation. 2151 bool Sema::FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 2152 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, 2153 bool IsArray, bool &PassAlignment, 2154 MultiExprArg PlaceArgs, 2155 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, 2156 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete) { 2157 // --- Choosing an allocation function --- 2158 // C++ 5.3.4p8 - 14 & 18 2159 // 1) If UseGlobal is true, only look in the global scope. Else, also look 2160 // in the scope of the allocated class. 2161 // 2) If an array size is given, look for operator new[], else look for 2162 // operator new. 2163 // 3) The first argument is always size_t. Append the arguments from the 2164 // placement form. 2165 2166 SmallVector<Expr*, 8> AllocArgs; 2167 AllocArgs.reserve((PassAlignment ? 2 : 1) + PlaceArgs.size()); 2168 2169 // We don't care about the actual value of these arguments. 2170 // FIXME: Should the Sema create the expression and embed it in the syntax 2171 // tree? Or should the consumer just recalculate the value? 2172 // FIXME: Using a dummy value will interact poorly with attribute enable_if. 2173 IntegerLiteral Size(Context, llvm::APInt::getNullValue( 2174 Context.getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0)), 2175 Context.getSizeType(), 2176 SourceLocation()); 2177 AllocArgs.push_back(&Size); 2178 2179 QualType AlignValT = Context.VoidTy; 2180 if (PassAlignment) { 2181 DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 2182 AlignValT = Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdAlignValT()); 2183 } 2184 CXXScalarValueInitExpr Align(AlignValT, nullptr, SourceLocation()); 2185 if (PassAlignment) 2186 AllocArgs.push_back(&Align); 2187 2188 AllocArgs.insert(AllocArgs.end(), PlaceArgs.begin(), PlaceArgs.end()); 2189 2190 // C++ [expr.new]p8: 2191 // If the allocated type is a non-array type, the allocation 2192 // function's name is operator new and the deallocation function's 2193 // name is operator delete. If the allocated type is an array 2194 // type, the allocation function's name is operator new[] and the 2195 // deallocation function's name is operator delete[]. 2196 DeclarationName NewName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 2197 IsArray ? OO_Array_New : OO_New); 2198 2199 QualType AllocElemType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType); 2200 2201 // Find the allocation function. 2202 { 2203 LookupResult R(*this, NewName, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 2204 2205 // C++1z [expr.new]p9: 2206 // If the new-expression begins with a unary :: operator, the allocation 2207 // function's name is looked up in the global scope. Otherwise, if the 2208 // allocated type is a class type T or array thereof, the allocation 2209 // function's name is looked up in the scope of T. 2210 if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && !UseGlobal) 2211 LookupQualifiedName(R, AllocElemType->getAsCXXRecordDecl()); 2212 2213 // We can see ambiguity here if the allocation function is found in 2214 // multiple base classes. 2215 if (R.isAmbiguous()) 2216 return true; 2217 2218 // If this lookup fails to find the name, or if the allocated type is not 2219 // a class type, the allocation function's name is looked up in the 2220 // global scope. 2221 if (R.empty()) 2222 LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 2223 2224 assert(!R.empty() && "implicitly declared allocation functions not found"); 2225 assert(!R.isAmbiguous() && "global allocation functions are ambiguous"); 2226 2227 // We do our own custom access checks below. 2228 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 2229 2230 if (resolveAllocationOverload(*this, R, Range, AllocArgs, PassAlignment, 2231 OperatorNew)) 2232 return true; 2233 } 2234 2235 // We don't need an operator delete if we're running under -fno-exceptions. 2236 if (!getLangOpts().Exceptions) { 2237 OperatorDelete = nullptr; 2238 return false; 2239 } 2240 2241 // Note, the name of OperatorNew might have been changed from array to 2242 // non-array by resolveAllocationOverload. 2243 DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 2244 OperatorNew->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New 2245 ? OO_Array_Delete 2246 : OO_Delete); 2247 2248 // C++ [expr.new]p19: 2249 // 2250 // If the new-expression begins with a unary :: operator, the 2251 // deallocation function's name is looked up in the global 2252 // scope. Otherwise, if the allocated type is a class type T or an 2253 // array thereof, the deallocation function's name is looked up in 2254 // the scope of T. If this lookup fails to find the name, or if 2255 // the allocated type is not a class type or array thereof, the 2256 // deallocation function's name is looked up in the global scope. 2257 LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, DeleteName, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 2258 if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && !UseGlobal) { 2259 CXXRecordDecl *RD 2260 = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(AllocElemType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); 2261 LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, RD); 2262 } 2263 if (FoundDelete.isAmbiguous()) 2264 return true; // FIXME: clean up expressions? 2265 2266 bool FoundGlobalDelete = FoundDelete.empty(); 2267 if (FoundDelete.empty()) { 2268 DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 2269 LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 2270 } 2271 2272 FoundDelete.suppressDiagnostics(); 2273 2274 SmallVector<std::pair<DeclAccessPair,FunctionDecl*>, 2> Matches; 2275 2276 // Whether we're looking for a placement operator delete is dictated 2277 // by whether we selected a placement operator new, not by whether 2278 // we had explicit placement arguments. This matters for things like 2279 // struct A { void *operator new(size_t, int = 0); ... }; 2280 // A *a = new A() 2281 // 2282 // We don't have any definition for what a "placement allocation function" 2283 // is, but we assume it's any allocation function whose 2284 // parameter-declaration-clause is anything other than (size_t). 2285 // 2286 // FIXME: Should (size_t, std::align_val_t) also be considered non-placement? 2287 // This affects whether an exception from the constructor of an overaligned 2288 // type uses the sized or non-sized form of aligned operator delete. 2289 bool isPlacementNew = !PlaceArgs.empty() || OperatorNew->param_size() != 1 || 2290 OperatorNew->isVariadic(); 2291 2292 if (isPlacementNew) { 2293 // C++ [expr.new]p20: 2294 // A declaration of a placement deallocation function matches the 2295 // declaration of a placement allocation function if it has the 2296 // same number of parameters and, after parameter transformations 2297 // (8.3.5), all parameter types except the first are 2298 // identical. [...] 2299 // 2300 // To perform this comparison, we compute the function type that 2301 // the deallocation function should have, and use that type both 2302 // for template argument deduction and for comparison purposes. 2303 // 2304 // FIXME: this comparison should ignore CC and the like. 2305 QualType ExpectedFunctionType; 2306 { 2307 const FunctionProtoType *Proto 2308 = OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2309 2310 SmallVector<QualType, 4> ArgTypes; 2311 ArgTypes.push_back(Context.VoidPtrTy); 2312 for (unsigned I = 1, N = Proto->getNumParams(); I < N; ++I) 2313 ArgTypes.push_back(Proto->getParamType(I)); 2314 2315 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 2316 // FIXME: This is not part of the standard's rule. 2317 EPI.Variadic = Proto->isVariadic(); 2318 EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = EST_BasicNoexcept; 2319 2320 ExpectedFunctionType 2321 = Context.getFunctionType(Context.VoidTy, ArgTypes, EPI); 2322 } 2323 2324 for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(), 2325 DEnd = FoundDelete.end(); 2326 D != DEnd; ++D) { 2327 FunctionDecl *Fn = nullptr; 2328 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTmpl 2329 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl())) { 2330 // Perform template argument deduction to try to match the 2331 // expected function type. 2332 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(StartLoc); 2333 if (DeduceTemplateArguments(FnTmpl, nullptr, ExpectedFunctionType, Fn, 2334 Info)) 2335 continue; 2336 } else 2337 Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl()); 2338 2339 if (Context.hasSameType(Fn->getType(), ExpectedFunctionType)) 2340 Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(D.getPair(), Fn)); 2341 } 2342 2343 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 2344 EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext), Matches); 2345 } else { 2346 // C++1y [expr.new]p22: 2347 // For a non-placement allocation function, the normal deallocation 2348 // function lookup is used 2349 // 2350 // Per [expr.delete]p10, this lookup prefers a member operator delete 2351 // without a size_t argument, but prefers a non-member operator delete 2352 // with a size_t where possible (which it always is in this case). 2353 llvm::SmallVector<UsualDeallocFnInfo, 4> BestDeallocFns; 2354 UsualDeallocFnInfo Selected = resolveDeallocationOverload( 2355 *this, FoundDelete, /*WantSize*/ FoundGlobalDelete, 2356 /*WantAlign*/ hasNewExtendedAlignment(*this, AllocElemType), 2357 &BestDeallocFns); 2358 if (Selected) 2359 Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(Selected.Found, Selected.FD)); 2360 else { 2361 // If we failed to select an operator, all remaining functions are viable 2362 // but ambiguous. 2363 for (auto Fn : BestDeallocFns) 2364 Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(Fn.Found, Fn.FD)); 2365 } 2366 } 2367 2368 // C++ [expr.new]p20: 2369 // [...] If the lookup finds a single matching deallocation 2370 // function, that function will be called; otherwise, no 2371 // deallocation function will be called. 2372 if (Matches.size() == 1) { 2373 OperatorDelete = Matches[0].second; 2374 2375 // C++1z [expr.new]p23: 2376 // If the lookup finds a usual deallocation function (3.7.4.2) 2377 // with a parameter of type std::size_t and that function, considered 2378 // as a placement deallocation function, would have been 2379 // selected as a match for the allocation function, the program 2380 // is ill-formed. 2381 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isPlacementNew && 2382 isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(*this, OperatorDelete)) { 2383 UsualDeallocFnInfo Info(*this, 2384 DeclAccessPair::make(OperatorDelete, AS_public)); 2385 // Core issue, per mail to core reflector, 2016-10-09: 2386 // If this is a member operator delete, and there is a corresponding 2387 // non-sized member operator delete, this isn't /really/ a sized 2388 // deallocation function, it just happens to have a size_t parameter. 2389 bool IsSizedDelete = Info.HasSizeT; 2390 if (IsSizedDelete && !FoundGlobalDelete) { 2391 auto NonSizedDelete = 2392 resolveDeallocationOverload(*this, FoundDelete, /*WantSize*/false, 2393 /*WantAlign*/Info.HasAlignValT); 2394 if (NonSizedDelete && !NonSizedDelete.HasSizeT && 2395 NonSizedDelete.HasAlignValT == Info.HasAlignValT) 2396 IsSizedDelete = false; 2397 } 2398 2399 if (IsSizedDelete) { 2400 SourceRange R = PlaceArgs.empty() 2401 ? SourceRange() 2402 : SourceRange(PlaceArgs.front()->getLocStart(), 2403 PlaceArgs.back()->getLocEnd()); 2404 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_placement_new_non_placement_delete) << R; 2405 if (!OperatorDelete->isImplicit()) 2406 Diag(OperatorDelete->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 2407 << DeleteName; 2408 } 2409 } 2410 2411 CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, Range, FoundDelete.getNamingClass(), 2412 Matches[0].first); 2413 } else if (!Matches.empty()) { 2414 // We found multiple suitable operators. Per [expr.new]p20, that means we 2415 // call no 'operator delete' function, but we should at least warn the user. 2416 // FIXME: Suppress this warning if the construction cannot throw. 2417 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_ambiguous_suitable_delete_function_found) 2418 << DeleteName << AllocElemType; 2419 2420 for (auto &Match : Matches) 2421 Diag(Match.second->getLocation(), 2422 diag::note_member_declared_here) << DeleteName; 2423 } 2424 2425 return false; 2426 } 2427 2428 /// DeclareGlobalNewDelete - Declare the global forms of operator new and 2429 /// delete. These are: 2430 /// @code 2431 /// // C++03: 2432 /// void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc); 2433 /// void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc); 2434 /// void operator delete(void *) throw(); 2435 /// void operator delete[](void *) throw(); 2436 /// // C++11: 2437 /// void* operator new(std::size_t); 2438 /// void* operator new[](std::size_t); 2439 /// void operator delete(void *) noexcept; 2440 /// void operator delete[](void *) noexcept; 2441 /// // C++1y: 2442 /// void* operator new(std::size_t); 2443 /// void* operator new[](std::size_t); 2444 /// void operator delete(void *) noexcept; 2445 /// void operator delete[](void *) noexcept; 2446 /// void operator delete(void *, std::size_t) noexcept; 2447 /// void operator delete[](void *, std::size_t) noexcept; 2448 /// @endcode 2449 /// Note that the placement and nothrow forms of new are *not* implicitly 2450 /// declared. Their use requires including \<new\>. 2451 void Sema::DeclareGlobalNewDelete() { 2452 if (GlobalNewDeleteDeclared) 2453 return; 2454 2455 // C++ [basic.std.dynamic]p2: 2456 // [...] The following allocation and deallocation functions (18.4) are 2457 // implicitly declared in global scope in each translation unit of a 2458 // program 2459 // 2460 // C++03: 2461 // void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc); 2462 // void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc); 2463 // void operator delete(void*) throw(); 2464 // void operator delete[](void*) throw(); 2465 // C++11: 2466 // void* operator new(std::size_t); 2467 // void* operator new[](std::size_t); 2468 // void operator delete(void*) noexcept; 2469 // void operator delete[](void*) noexcept; 2470 // C++1y: 2471 // void* operator new(std::size_t); 2472 // void* operator new[](std::size_t); 2473 // void operator delete(void*) noexcept; 2474 // void operator delete[](void*) noexcept; 2475 // void operator delete(void*, std::size_t) noexcept; 2476 // void operator delete[](void*, std::size_t) noexcept; 2477 // 2478 // These implicit declarations introduce only the function names operator 2479 // new, operator new[], operator delete, operator delete[]. 2480 // 2481 // Here, we need to refer to std::bad_alloc, so we will implicitly declare 2482 // "std" or "bad_alloc" as necessary to form the exception specification. 2483 // However, we do not make these implicit declarations visible to name 2484 // lookup. 2485 if (!StdBadAlloc && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 2486 // The "std::bad_alloc" class has not yet been declared, so build it 2487 // implicitly. 2488 StdBadAlloc = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, TTK_Class, 2489 getOrCreateStdNamespace(), 2490 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 2491 &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("bad_alloc"), 2492 nullptr); 2493 getStdBadAlloc()->setImplicit(true); 2494 } 2495 if (!StdAlignValT && getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation) { 2496 // The "std::align_val_t" enum class has not yet been declared, so build it 2497 // implicitly. 2498 auto *AlignValT = EnumDecl::Create( 2499 Context, getOrCreateStdNamespace(), SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 2500 &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("align_val_t"), nullptr, true, true, true); 2501 AlignValT->setIntegerType(Context.getSizeType()); 2502 AlignValT->setPromotionType(Context.getSizeType()); 2503 AlignValT->setImplicit(true); 2504 StdAlignValT = AlignValT; 2505 } 2506 2507 GlobalNewDeleteDeclared = true; 2508 2509 QualType VoidPtr = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy); 2510 QualType SizeT = Context.getSizeType(); 2511 2512 auto DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions = [&](OverloadedOperatorKind Kind, 2513 QualType Return, QualType Param) { 2514 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 3> Params; 2515 Params.push_back(Param); 2516 2517 // Create up to four variants of the function (sized/aligned). 2518 bool HasSizedVariant = getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && 2519 (Kind == OO_Delete || Kind == OO_Array_Delete); 2520 bool HasAlignedVariant = getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation; 2521 2522 int NumSizeVariants = (HasSizedVariant ? 2 : 1); 2523 int NumAlignVariants = (HasAlignedVariant ? 2 : 1); 2524 for (int Sized = 0; Sized < NumSizeVariants; ++Sized) { 2525 if (Sized) 2526 Params.push_back(SizeT); 2527 2528 for (int Aligned = 0; Aligned < NumAlignVariants; ++Aligned) { 2529 if (Aligned) 2530 Params.push_back(Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdAlignValT())); 2531 2532 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction( 2533 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Kind), Return, Params); 2534 2535 if (Aligned) 2536 Params.pop_back(); 2537 } 2538 } 2539 }; 2540 2541 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions(OO_New, VoidPtr, SizeT); 2542 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions(OO_Array_New, VoidPtr, SizeT); 2543 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions(OO_Delete, Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr); 2544 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions(OO_Array_Delete, Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr); 2545 } 2546 2547 /// DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction - Declares a single implicit global 2548 /// allocation function if it doesn't already exist. 2549 void Sema::DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, 2550 QualType Return, 2551 ArrayRef<QualType> Params) { 2552 DeclContext *GlobalCtx = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 2553 2554 // Check if this function is already declared. 2555 DeclContext::lookup_result R = GlobalCtx->lookup(Name); 2556 for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end(); 2557 Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) { 2558 // Only look at non-template functions, as it is the predefined, 2559 // non-templated allocation function we are trying to declare here. 2560 if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Alloc)) { 2561 if (Func->getNumParams() == Params.size()) { 2562 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 3> FuncParams; 2563 for (auto *P : Func->parameters()) 2564 FuncParams.push_back( 2565 Context.getCanonicalType(P->getType().getUnqualifiedType())); 2566 if (llvm::makeArrayRef(FuncParams) == Params) { 2567 // Make the function visible to name lookup, even if we found it in 2568 // an unimported module. It either is an implicitly-declared global 2569 // allocation function, or is suppressing that function. 2570 Func->setHidden(false); 2571 return; 2572 } 2573 } 2574 } 2575 } 2576 2577 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 2578 2579 QualType BadAllocType; 2580 bool HasBadAllocExceptionSpec 2581 = (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || 2582 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New); 2583 if (HasBadAllocExceptionSpec) { 2584 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 2585 BadAllocType = Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdBadAlloc()); 2586 assert(StdBadAlloc && "Must have std::bad_alloc declared"); 2587 EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = EST_Dynamic; 2588 EPI.ExceptionSpec.Exceptions = llvm::makeArrayRef(BadAllocType); 2589 } 2590 } else { 2591 EPI.ExceptionSpec = 2592 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? EST_BasicNoexcept : EST_DynamicNone; 2593 } 2594 2595 QualType FnType = Context.getFunctionType(Return, Params, EPI); 2596 FunctionDecl *Alloc = 2597 FunctionDecl::Create(Context, GlobalCtx, SourceLocation(), 2598 SourceLocation(), Name, 2599 FnType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, false, true); 2600 Alloc->setImplicit(); 2601 2602 // Implicit sized deallocation functions always have default visibility. 2603 Alloc->addAttr(VisibilityAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 2604 VisibilityAttr::Default)); 2605 2606 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 3> ParamDecls; 2607 for (QualType T : Params) { 2608 ParamDecls.push_back( 2609 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, Alloc, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 2610 nullptr, T, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, nullptr)); 2611 ParamDecls.back()->setImplicit(); 2612 } 2613 Alloc->setParams(ParamDecls); 2614 2615 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Alloc); 2616 IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(Alloc, Name); 2617 } 2618 2619 FunctionDecl *Sema::FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, 2620 bool CanProvideSize, 2621 bool Overaligned, 2622 DeclarationName Name) { 2623 DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 2624 2625 LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 2626 LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 2627 2628 // FIXME: It's possible for this to result in ambiguity, through a 2629 // user-declared variadic operator delete or the enable_if attribute. We 2630 // should probably not consider those cases to be usual deallocation 2631 // functions. But for now we just make an arbitrary choice in that case. 2632 auto Result = resolveDeallocationOverload(*this, FoundDelete, CanProvideSize, 2633 Overaligned); 2634 assert(Result.FD && "operator delete missing from global scope?"); 2635 return Result.FD; 2636 } 2637 2638 FunctionDecl *Sema::FindDeallocationFunctionForDestructor(SourceLocation Loc, 2639 CXXRecordDecl *RD) { 2640 DeclarationName Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete); 2641 2642 FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr; 2643 if (FindDeallocationFunction(Loc, RD, Name, OperatorDelete)) 2644 return nullptr; 2645 if (OperatorDelete) 2646 return OperatorDelete; 2647 2648 // If there's no class-specific operator delete, look up the global 2649 // non-array delete. 2650 return FindUsualDeallocationFunction( 2651 Loc, true, hasNewExtendedAlignment(*this, Context.getRecordType(RD)), 2652 Name); 2653 } 2654 2655 bool Sema::FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, 2656 DeclarationName Name, 2657 FunctionDecl *&Operator, bool Diagnose) { 2658 LookupResult Found(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 2659 // Try to find operator delete/operator delete[] in class scope. 2660 LookupQualifiedName(Found, RD); 2661 2662 if (Found.isAmbiguous()) 2663 return true; 2664 2665 Found.suppressDiagnostics(); 2666 2667 bool Overaligned = hasNewExtendedAlignment(*this, Context.getRecordType(RD)); 2668 2669 // C++17 [expr.delete]p10: 2670 // If the deallocation functions have class scope, the one without a 2671 // parameter of type std::size_t is selected. 2672 llvm::SmallVector<UsualDeallocFnInfo, 4> Matches; 2673 resolveDeallocationOverload(*this, Found, /*WantSize*/ false, 2674 /*WantAlign*/ Overaligned, &Matches); 2675 2676 // If we could find an overload, use it. 2677 if (Matches.size() == 1) { 2678 Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Matches[0].FD); 2679 2680 // FIXME: DiagnoseUseOfDecl? 2681 if (Operator->isDeleted()) { 2682 if (Diagnose) { 2683 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_deleted_function_use); 2684 NoteDeletedFunction(Operator); 2685 } 2686 return true; 2687 } 2688 2689 if (CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, SourceRange(), Found.getNamingClass(), 2690 Matches[0].Found, Diagnose) == AR_inaccessible) 2691 return true; 2692 2693 return false; 2694 } 2695 2696 // We found multiple suitable operators; complain about the ambiguity. 2697 // FIXME: The standard doesn't say to do this; it appears that the intent 2698 // is that this should never happen. 2699 if (!Matches.empty()) { 2700 if (Diagnose) { 2701 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_suitable_delete_member_function_found) 2702 << Name << RD; 2703 for (auto &Match : Matches) 2704 Diag(Match.FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name; 2705 } 2706 return true; 2707 } 2708 2709 // We did find operator delete/operator delete[] declarations, but 2710 // none of them were suitable. 2711 if (!Found.empty()) { 2712 if (Diagnose) { 2713 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_no_suitable_delete_member_function_found) 2714 << Name << RD; 2715 2716 for (NamedDecl *D : Found) 2717 Diag(D->getUnderlyingDecl()->getLocation(), 2718 diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name; 2719 } 2720 return true; 2721 } 2722 2723 Operator = nullptr; 2724 return false; 2725 } 2726 2727 namespace { 2728 /// \brief Checks whether delete-expression, and new-expression used for 2729 /// initializing deletee have the same array form. 2730 class MismatchingNewDeleteDetector { 2731 public: 2732 enum MismatchResult { 2733 /// Indicates that there is no mismatch or a mismatch cannot be proven. 2734 NoMismatch, 2735 /// Indicates that variable is initialized with mismatching form of \a new. 2736 VarInitMismatches, 2737 /// Indicates that member is initialized with mismatching form of \a new. 2738 MemberInitMismatches, 2739 /// Indicates that 1 or more constructors' definitions could not been 2740 /// analyzed, and they will be checked again at the end of translation unit. 2741 AnalyzeLater 2742 }; 2743 2744 /// \param EndOfTU True, if this is the final analysis at the end of 2745 /// translation unit. False, if this is the initial analysis at the point 2746 /// delete-expression was encountered. 2747 explicit MismatchingNewDeleteDetector(bool EndOfTU) 2748 : Field(nullptr), IsArrayForm(false), EndOfTU(EndOfTU), 2749 HasUndefinedConstructors(false) {} 2750 2751 /// \brief Checks whether pointee of a delete-expression is initialized with 2752 /// matching form of new-expression. 2753 /// 2754 /// If return value is \c VarInitMismatches or \c MemberInitMismatches at the 2755 /// point where delete-expression is encountered, then a warning will be 2756 /// issued immediately. If return value is \c AnalyzeLater at the point where 2757 /// delete-expression is seen, then member will be analyzed at the end of 2758 /// translation unit. \c AnalyzeLater is returned iff at least one constructor 2759 /// couldn't be analyzed. If at least one constructor initializes the member 2760 /// with matching type of new, the return value is \c NoMismatch. 2761 MismatchResult analyzeDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE); 2762 /// \brief Analyzes a class member. 2763 /// \param Field Class member to analyze. 2764 /// \param DeleteWasArrayForm Array form-ness of the delete-expression used 2765 /// for deleting the \p Field. 2766 MismatchResult analyzeField(FieldDecl *Field, bool DeleteWasArrayForm); 2767 FieldDecl *Field; 2768 /// List of mismatching new-expressions used for initialization of the pointee 2769 llvm::SmallVector<const CXXNewExpr *, 4> NewExprs; 2770 /// Indicates whether delete-expression was in array form. 2771 bool IsArrayForm; 2772 2773 private: 2774 const bool EndOfTU; 2775 /// \brief Indicates that there is at least one constructor without body. 2776 bool HasUndefinedConstructors; 2777 /// \brief Returns \c CXXNewExpr from given initialization expression. 2778 /// \param E Expression used for initializing pointee in delete-expression. 2779 /// E can be a single-element \c InitListExpr consisting of new-expression. 2780 const CXXNewExpr *getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(const Expr *E); 2781 /// \brief Returns whether member is initialized with mismatching form of 2782 /// \c new either by the member initializer or in-class initialization. 2783 /// 2784 /// If bodies of all constructors are not visible at the end of translation 2785 /// unit or at least one constructor initializes member with the matching 2786 /// form of \c new, mismatch cannot be proven, and this function will return 2787 /// \c NoMismatch. 2788 MismatchResult analyzeMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *ME); 2789 /// \brief Returns whether variable is initialized with mismatching form of 2790 /// \c new. 2791 /// 2792 /// If variable is initialized with matching form of \c new or variable is not 2793 /// initialized with a \c new expression, this function will return true. 2794 /// If variable is initialized with mismatching form of \c new, returns false. 2795 /// \param D Variable to analyze. 2796 bool hasMatchingVarInit(const DeclRefExpr *D); 2797 /// \brief Checks whether the constructor initializes pointee with mismatching 2798 /// form of \c new. 2799 /// 2800 /// Returns true, if member is initialized with matching form of \c new in 2801 /// member initializer list. Returns false, if member is initialized with the 2802 /// matching form of \c new in this constructor's initializer or given 2803 /// constructor isn't defined at the point where delete-expression is seen, or 2804 /// member isn't initialized by the constructor. 2805 bool hasMatchingNewInCtor(const CXXConstructorDecl *CD); 2806 /// \brief Checks whether member is initialized with matching form of 2807 /// \c new in member initializer list. 2808 bool hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(const CXXCtorInitializer *CI); 2809 /// Checks whether member is initialized with mismatching form of \c new by 2810 /// in-class initializer. 2811 MismatchResult analyzeInClassInitializer(); 2812 }; 2813 } 2814 2815 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult 2816 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE) { 2817 NewExprs.clear(); 2818 assert(DE && "Expected delete-expression"); 2819 IsArrayForm = DE->isArrayForm(); 2820 const Expr *E = DE->getArgument()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 2821 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<const MemberExpr>(E)) { 2822 return analyzeMemberExpr(ME); 2823 } else if (const DeclRefExpr *D = dyn_cast<const DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 2824 if (!hasMatchingVarInit(D)) 2825 return VarInitMismatches; 2826 } 2827 return NoMismatch; 2828 } 2829 2830 const CXXNewExpr * 2831 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(const Expr *E) { 2832 assert(E != nullptr && "Expected a valid initializer expression"); 2833 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 2834 if (const InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<const InitListExpr>(E)) { 2835 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 2836 E = dyn_cast<const CXXNewExpr>(ILE->getInit(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 2837 } 2838 2839 return dyn_cast_or_null<const CXXNewExpr>(E); 2840 } 2841 2842 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingNewInCtorInit( 2843 const CXXCtorInitializer *CI) { 2844 const CXXNewExpr *NE = nullptr; 2845 if (Field == CI->getMember() && 2846 (NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(CI->getInit()))) { 2847 if (NE->isArray() == IsArrayForm) 2848 return true; 2849 else 2850 NewExprs.push_back(NE); 2851 } 2852 return false; 2853 } 2854 2855 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingNewInCtor( 2856 const CXXConstructorDecl *CD) { 2857 if (CD->isImplicit()) 2858 return false; 2859 const FunctionDecl *Definition = CD; 2860 if (!CD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && !CD->isDefined(Definition)) { 2861 HasUndefinedConstructors = true; 2862 return EndOfTU; 2863 } 2864 for (const auto *CI : cast<const CXXConstructorDecl>(Definition)->inits()) { 2865 if (hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(CI)) 2866 return true; 2867 } 2868 return false; 2869 } 2870 2871 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult 2872 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeInClassInitializer() { 2873 assert(Field != nullptr && "This should be called only for members"); 2874 const Expr *InitExpr = Field->getInClassInitializer(); 2875 if (!InitExpr) 2876 return EndOfTU ? NoMismatch : AnalyzeLater; 2877 if (const CXXNewExpr *NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(InitExpr)) { 2878 if (NE->isArray() != IsArrayForm) { 2879 NewExprs.push_back(NE); 2880 return MemberInitMismatches; 2881 } 2882 } 2883 return NoMismatch; 2884 } 2885 2886 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult 2887 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeField(FieldDecl *Field, 2888 bool DeleteWasArrayForm) { 2889 assert(Field != nullptr && "Analysis requires a valid class member."); 2890 this->Field = Field; 2891 IsArrayForm = DeleteWasArrayForm; 2892 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<const CXXRecordDecl>(Field->getParent()); 2893 for (const auto *CD : RD->ctors()) { 2894 if (hasMatchingNewInCtor(CD)) 2895 return NoMismatch; 2896 } 2897 if (HasUndefinedConstructors) 2898 return EndOfTU ? NoMismatch : AnalyzeLater; 2899 if (!NewExprs.empty()) 2900 return MemberInitMismatches; 2901 return Field->hasInClassInitializer() ? analyzeInClassInitializer() 2902 : NoMismatch; 2903 } 2904 2905 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult 2906 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *ME) { 2907 assert(ME != nullptr && "Expected a member expression"); 2908 if (FieldDecl *F = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 2909 return analyzeField(F, IsArrayForm); 2910 return NoMismatch; 2911 } 2912 2913 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingVarInit(const DeclRefExpr *D) { 2914 const CXXNewExpr *NE = nullptr; 2915 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<const VarDecl>(D->getDecl())) { 2916 if (VD->hasInit() && (NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(VD->getInit())) && 2917 NE->isArray() != IsArrayForm) { 2918 NewExprs.push_back(NE); 2919 } 2920 } 2921 return NewExprs.empty(); 2922 } 2923 2924 static void 2925 DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation DeleteLoc, 2926 const MismatchingNewDeleteDetector &Detector) { 2927 SourceLocation EndOfDelete = SemaRef.getLocForEndOfToken(DeleteLoc); 2928 FixItHint H; 2929 if (!Detector.IsArrayForm) 2930 H = FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndOfDelete, "[]"); 2931 else { 2932 SourceLocation RSquare = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken( 2933 DeleteLoc, tok::l_square, SemaRef.getSourceManager(), 2934 SemaRef.getLangOpts(), true); 2935 if (RSquare.isValid()) 2936 H = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SourceRange(EndOfDelete, RSquare)); 2937 } 2938 SemaRef.Diag(DeleteLoc, diag::warn_mismatched_delete_new) 2939 << Detector.IsArrayForm << H; 2940 2941 for (const auto *NE : Detector.NewExprs) 2942 SemaRef.Diag(NE->getExprLoc(), diag::note_allocated_here) 2943 << Detector.IsArrayForm; 2944 } 2945 2946 void Sema::AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE) { 2947 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_mismatched_delete_new, SourceLocation())) 2948 return; 2949 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector Detector(/*EndOfTU=*/false); 2950 switch (Detector.analyzeDeleteExpr(DE)) { 2951 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::VarInitMismatches: 2952 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MemberInitMismatches: { 2953 DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(*this, DE->getLocStart(), Detector); 2954 break; 2955 } 2956 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::AnalyzeLater: { 2957 DeleteExprs[Detector.Field].push_back( 2958 std::make_pair(DE->getLocStart(), DE->isArrayForm())); 2959 break; 2960 } 2961 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::NoMismatch: 2962 break; 2963 } 2964 } 2965 2966 void Sema::AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(FieldDecl *Field, SourceLocation DeleteLoc, 2967 bool DeleteWasArrayForm) { 2968 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector Detector(/*EndOfTU=*/true); 2969 switch (Detector.analyzeField(Field, DeleteWasArrayForm)) { 2970 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::VarInitMismatches: 2971 llvm_unreachable("This analysis should have been done for class members."); 2972 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::AnalyzeLater: 2973 llvm_unreachable("Analysis cannot be postponed any point beyond end of " 2974 "translation unit."); 2975 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MemberInitMismatches: 2976 DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(*this, DeleteLoc, Detector); 2977 break; 2978 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::NoMismatch: 2979 break; 2980 } 2981 } 2982 2983 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression (C++ 5.3.5), as in: 2984 /// @code ::delete ptr; @endcode 2985 /// or 2986 /// @code delete [] ptr; @endcode 2987 ExprResult 2988 Sema::ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 2989 bool ArrayForm, Expr *ExE) { 2990 // C++ [expr.delete]p1: 2991 // The operand shall have a pointer type, or a class type having a single 2992 // non-explicit conversion function to a pointer type. The result has type 2993 // void. 2994 // 2995 // DR599 amends "pointer type" to "pointer to object type" in both cases. 2996 2997 ExprResult Ex = ExE; 2998 FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr; 2999 bool ArrayFormAsWritten = ArrayForm; 3000 bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false; 3001 3002 if (!Ex.get()->isTypeDependent()) { 3003 // Perform lvalue-to-rvalue cast, if needed. 3004 Ex = DefaultLvalueConversion(Ex.get()); 3005 if (Ex.isInvalid()) 3006 return ExprError(); 3007 3008 QualType Type = Ex.get()->getType(); 3009 3010 class DeleteConverter : public ContextualImplicitConverter { 3011 public: 3012 DeleteConverter() : ContextualImplicitConverter(false, true) {} 3013 3014 bool match(QualType ConvType) override { 3015 // FIXME: If we have an operator T* and an operator void*, we must pick 3016 // the operator T*. 3017 if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>()) 3018 if (ConvPtrType->getPointeeType()->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) 3019 return true; 3020 return false; 3021 } 3022 3023 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 3024 QualType T) override { 3025 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_operand) << T; 3026 } 3027 3028 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 3029 QualType T) override { 3030 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_incomplete_class_type) << T; 3031 } 3032 3033 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 3034 QualType T, 3035 QualType ConvTy) override { 3036 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy; 3037 } 3038 3039 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 3040 QualType ConvTy) override { 3041 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_delete_conversion) 3042 << ConvTy; 3043 } 3044 3045 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 3046 QualType T) override { 3047 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ambiguous_delete_operand) << T; 3048 } 3049 3050 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 3051 QualType ConvTy) override { 3052 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_delete_conversion) 3053 << ConvTy; 3054 } 3055 3056 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 3057 QualType T, 3058 QualType ConvTy) override { 3059 llvm_unreachable("conversion functions are permitted"); 3060 } 3061 } Converter; 3062 3063 Ex = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(StartLoc, Ex.get(), Converter); 3064 if (Ex.isInvalid()) 3065 return ExprError(); 3066 Type = Ex.get()->getType(); 3067 if (!Converter.match(Type)) 3068 // FIXME: PerformContextualImplicitConversion should return ExprError 3069 // itself in this case. 3070 return ExprError(); 3071 3072 QualType Pointee = Type->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 3073 QualType PointeeElem = Context.getBaseElementType(Pointee); 3074 3075 if (unsigned AddressSpace = Pointee.getAddressSpace()) 3076 return Diag(Ex.get()->getLocStart(), 3077 diag::err_address_space_qualified_delete) 3078 << Pointee.getUnqualifiedType() << AddressSpace; 3079 3080 CXXRecordDecl *PointeeRD = nullptr; 3081 if (Pointee->isVoidType() && !isSFINAEContext()) { 3082 // The C++ standard bans deleting a pointer to a non-object type, which 3083 // effectively bans deletion of "void*". However, most compilers support 3084 // this, so we treat it as a warning unless we're in a SFINAE context. 3085 Diag(StartLoc, diag::ext_delete_void_ptr_operand) 3086 << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange(); 3087 } else if (Pointee->isFunctionType() || Pointee->isVoidType()) { 3088 return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_delete_operand) 3089 << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange()); 3090 } else if (!Pointee->isDependentType()) { 3091 // FIXME: This can result in errors if the definition was imported from a 3092 // module but is hidden. 3093 if (!RequireCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee, 3094 diag::warn_delete_incomplete, Ex.get())) { 3095 if (const RecordType *RT = PointeeElem->getAs<RecordType>()) 3096 PointeeRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 3097 } 3098 } 3099 3100 if (Pointee->isArrayType() && !ArrayForm) { 3101 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_delete_array_type) 3102 << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange() 3103 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(getLocForEndOfToken(StartLoc), "[]"); 3104 ArrayForm = true; 3105 } 3106 3107 DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 3108 ArrayForm ? OO_Array_Delete : OO_Delete); 3109 3110 if (PointeeRD) { 3111 if (!UseGlobal && 3112 FindDeallocationFunction(StartLoc, PointeeRD, DeleteName, 3113 OperatorDelete)) 3114 return ExprError(); 3115 3116 // If we're allocating an array of records, check whether the 3117 // usual operator delete[] has a size_t parameter. 3118 if (ArrayForm) { 3119 // If the user specifically asked to use the global allocator, 3120 // we'll need to do the lookup into the class. 3121 if (UseGlobal) 3122 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = 3123 doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, PointeeElem); 3124 3125 // Otherwise, the usual operator delete[] should be the 3126 // function we just found. 3127 else if (OperatorDelete && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(OperatorDelete)) 3128 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = 3129 UsualDeallocFnInfo(*this, 3130 DeclAccessPair::make(OperatorDelete, AS_public)) 3131 .HasSizeT; 3132 } 3133 3134 if (!PointeeRD->hasIrrelevantDestructor()) 3135 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(PointeeRD)) { 3136 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, 3137 const_cast<CXXDestructorDecl*>(Dtor)); 3138 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Dtor, StartLoc)) 3139 return ExprError(); 3140 } 3141 3142 CheckVirtualDtorCall(PointeeRD->getDestructor(), StartLoc, 3143 /*IsDelete=*/true, /*CallCanBeVirtual=*/true, 3144 /*WarnOnNonAbstractTypes=*/!ArrayForm, 3145 SourceLocation()); 3146 } 3147 3148 if (!OperatorDelete) { 3149 bool IsComplete = isCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee); 3150 bool CanProvideSize = 3151 IsComplete && (!ArrayForm || UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize || 3152 Pointee.isDestructedType()); 3153 bool Overaligned = hasNewExtendedAlignment(*this, Pointee); 3154 3155 // Look for a global declaration. 3156 OperatorDelete = FindUsualDeallocationFunction(StartLoc, CanProvideSize, 3157 Overaligned, DeleteName); 3158 } 3159 3160 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete); 3161 3162 // Check access and ambiguity of operator delete and destructor. 3163 if (PointeeRD) { 3164 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(PointeeRD)) { 3165 CheckDestructorAccess(Ex.get()->getExprLoc(), Dtor, 3166 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor) << PointeeElem); 3167 } 3168 } 3169 } 3170 3171 CXXDeleteExpr *Result = new (Context) CXXDeleteExpr( 3172 Context.VoidTy, UseGlobal, ArrayForm, ArrayFormAsWritten, 3173 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize, OperatorDelete, Ex.get(), StartLoc); 3174 AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(Result); 3175 return Result; 3176 } 3177 3178 void Sema::CheckVirtualDtorCall(CXXDestructorDecl *dtor, SourceLocation Loc, 3179 bool IsDelete, bool CallCanBeVirtual, 3180 bool WarnOnNonAbstractTypes, 3181 SourceLocation DtorLoc) { 3182 if (!dtor || dtor->isVirtual() || !CallCanBeVirtual) 3183 return; 3184 3185 // C++ [expr.delete]p3: 3186 // In the first alternative (delete object), if the static type of the 3187 // object to be deleted is different from its dynamic type, the static 3188 // type shall be a base class of the dynamic type of the object to be 3189 // deleted and the static type shall have a virtual destructor or the 3190 // behavior is undefined. 3191 // 3192 const CXXRecordDecl *PointeeRD = dtor->getParent(); 3193 // Note: a final class cannot be derived from, no issue there 3194 if (!PointeeRD->isPolymorphic() || PointeeRD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>()) 3195 return; 3196 3197 QualType ClassType = dtor->getThisType(Context)->getPointeeType(); 3198 if (PointeeRD->isAbstract()) { 3199 // If the class is abstract, we warn by default, because we're 3200 // sure the code has undefined behavior. 3201 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_delete_abstract_non_virtual_dtor) << (IsDelete ? 0 : 1) 3202 << ClassType; 3203 } else if (WarnOnNonAbstractTypes) { 3204 // Otherwise, if this is not an array delete, it's a bit suspect, 3205 // but not necessarily wrong. 3206 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_delete_non_virtual_dtor) << (IsDelete ? 0 : 1) 3207 << ClassType; 3208 } 3209 if (!IsDelete) { 3210 std::string TypeStr; 3211 ClassType.getAsStringInternal(TypeStr, getPrintingPolicy()); 3212 Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_delete_non_virtual) 3213 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(DtorLoc, TypeStr + "::"); 3214 } 3215 } 3216 3217 Sema::ConditionResult Sema::ActOnConditionVariable(Decl *ConditionVar, 3218 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 3219 ConditionKind CK) { 3220 ExprResult E = 3221 CheckConditionVariable(cast<VarDecl>(ConditionVar), StmtLoc, CK); 3222 if (E.isInvalid()) 3223 return ConditionError(); 3224 return ConditionResult(*this, ConditionVar, MakeFullExpr(E.get(), StmtLoc), 3225 CK == ConditionKind::ConstexprIf); 3226 } 3227 3228 /// \brief Check the use of the given variable as a C++ condition in an if, 3229 /// while, do-while, or switch statement. 3230 ExprResult Sema::CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, 3231 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 3232 ConditionKind CK) { 3233 if (ConditionVar->isInvalidDecl()) 3234 return ExprError(); 3235 3236 QualType T = ConditionVar->getType(); 3237 3238 // C++ [stmt.select]p2: 3239 // The declarator shall not specify a function or an array. 3240 if (T->isFunctionType()) 3241 return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(), 3242 diag::err_invalid_use_of_function_type) 3243 << ConditionVar->getSourceRange()); 3244 else if (T->isArrayType()) 3245 return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(), 3246 diag::err_invalid_use_of_array_type) 3247 << ConditionVar->getSourceRange()); 3248 3249 ExprResult Condition = DeclRefExpr::Create( 3250 Context, NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), SourceLocation(), ConditionVar, 3251 /*enclosing*/ false, ConditionVar->getLocation(), 3252 ConditionVar->getType().getNonReferenceType(), VK_LValue); 3253 3254 MarkDeclRefReferenced(cast<DeclRefExpr>(Condition.get())); 3255 3256 switch (CK) { 3257 case ConditionKind::Boolean: 3258 return CheckBooleanCondition(StmtLoc, Condition.get()); 3259 3260 case ConditionKind::ConstexprIf: 3261 return CheckBooleanCondition(StmtLoc, Condition.get(), true); 3262 3263 case ConditionKind::Switch: 3264 return CheckSwitchCondition(StmtLoc, Condition.get()); 3265 } 3266 3267 llvm_unreachable("unexpected condition kind"); 3268 } 3269 3270 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if a conversion to bool is invalid. 3271 ExprResult Sema::CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr, bool IsConstexpr) { 3272 // C++ 6.4p4: 3273 // The value of a condition that is an initialized declaration in a statement 3274 // other than a switch statement is the value of the declared variable 3275 // implicitly converted to type bool. If that conversion is ill-formed, the 3276 // program is ill-formed. 3277 // The value of a condition that is an expression is the value of the 3278 // expression, implicitly converted to bool. 3279 // 3280 // FIXME: Return this value to the caller so they don't need to recompute it. 3281 llvm::APSInt Value(/*BitWidth*/1); 3282 return (IsConstexpr && !CondExpr->isValueDependent()) 3283 ? CheckConvertedConstantExpression(CondExpr, Context.BoolTy, Value, 3284 CCEK_ConstexprIf) 3285 : PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(CondExpr); 3286 } 3287 3288 /// Helper function to determine whether this is the (deprecated) C++ 3289 /// conversion from a string literal to a pointer to non-const char or 3290 /// non-const wchar_t (for narrow and wide string literals, 3291 /// respectively). 3292 bool 3293 Sema::IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType) { 3294 // Look inside the implicit cast, if it exists. 3295 if (ImplicitCastExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(From)) 3296 From = Cast->getSubExpr(); 3297 3298 // A string literal (2.13.4) that is not a wide string literal can 3299 // be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to char"; a wide 3300 // string literal can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer 3301 // to wchar_t" (C++ 4.2p2). 3302 if (StringLiteral *StrLit = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(From->IgnoreParens())) 3303 if (const PointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>()) 3304 if (const BuiltinType *ToPointeeType 3305 = ToPtrType->getPointeeType()->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 3306 // This conversion is considered only when there is an 3307 // explicit appropriate pointer target type (C++ 4.2p2). 3308 if (!ToPtrType->getPointeeType().hasQualifiers()) { 3309 switch (StrLit->getKind()) { 3310 case StringLiteral::UTF8: 3311 case StringLiteral::UTF16: 3312 case StringLiteral::UTF32: 3313 // We don't allow UTF literals to be implicitly converted 3314 break; 3315 case StringLiteral::Ascii: 3316 return (ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_U || 3317 ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_S); 3318 case StringLiteral::Wide: 3319 return Context.typesAreCompatible(Context.getWideCharType(), 3320 QualType(ToPointeeType, 0)); 3321 } 3322 } 3323 } 3324 3325 return false; 3326 } 3327 3328 static ExprResult BuildCXXCastArgument(Sema &S, 3329 SourceLocation CastLoc, 3330 QualType Ty, 3331 CastKind Kind, 3332 CXXMethodDecl *Method, 3333 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 3334 bool HadMultipleCandidates, 3335 Expr *From) { 3336 switch (Kind) { 3337 default: llvm_unreachable("Unhandled cast kind!"); 3338 case CK_ConstructorConversion: { 3339 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method); 3340 SmallVector<Expr*, 8> ConstructorArgs; 3341 3342 if (S.RequireNonAbstractType(CastLoc, Ty, 3343 diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type)) 3344 return ExprError(); 3345 3346 if (S.CompleteConstructorCall(Constructor, From, CastLoc, ConstructorArgs)) 3347 return ExprError(); 3348 3349 S.CheckConstructorAccess(CastLoc, Constructor, FoundDecl, 3350 InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Ty)); 3351 if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, CastLoc)) 3352 return ExprError(); 3353 3354 ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXConstructExpr( 3355 CastLoc, Ty, FoundDecl, cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method), 3356 ConstructorArgs, HadMultipleCandidates, 3357 /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false, 3358 CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange()); 3359 if (Result.isInvalid()) 3360 return ExprError(); 3361 3362 return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.getAs<Expr>()); 3363 } 3364 3365 case CK_UserDefinedConversion: { 3366 assert(!From->getType()->isPointerType() && "Arg can't have pointer type!"); 3367 3368 S.CheckMemberOperatorAccess(CastLoc, From, /*arg*/ nullptr, FoundDecl); 3369 if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, CastLoc)) 3370 return ExprError(); 3371 3372 // Create an implicit call expr that calls it. 3373 CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Method); 3374 ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(From, FoundDecl, Conv, 3375 HadMultipleCandidates); 3376 if (Result.isInvalid()) 3377 return ExprError(); 3378 // Record usage of conversion in an implicit cast. 3379 Result = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(S.Context, Result.get()->getType(), 3380 CK_UserDefinedConversion, Result.get(), 3381 nullptr, Result.get()->getValueKind()); 3382 3383 return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.get()); 3384 } 3385 } 3386 } 3387 3388 /// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the 3389 /// expression From to the type ToType using the pre-computed implicit 3390 /// conversion sequence ICS. Returns the converted 3391 /// expression. Action is the kind of conversion we're performing, 3392 /// used in the error message. 3393 ExprResult 3394 Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 3395 const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS, 3396 AssignmentAction Action, 3397 CheckedConversionKind CCK) { 3398 switch (ICS.getKind()) { 3399 case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion: { 3400 ExprResult Res = PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.Standard, 3401 Action, CCK); 3402 if (Res.isInvalid()) 3403 return ExprError(); 3404 From = Res.get(); 3405 break; 3406 } 3407 3408 case ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion: { 3409 3410 FunctionDecl *FD = ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction; 3411 CastKind CastKind; 3412 QualType BeforeToType; 3413 assert(FD && "no conversion function for user-defined conversion seq"); 3414 if (const CXXConversionDecl *Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(FD)) { 3415 CastKind = CK_UserDefinedConversion; 3416 3417 // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a conversion function, 3418 // the initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to 3419 // the implicit object parameter of the conversion function. 3420 BeforeToType = Context.getTagDeclType(Conv->getParent()); 3421 } else { 3422 const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD); 3423 CastKind = CK_ConstructorConversion; 3424 // Do no conversion if dealing with ... for the first conversion. 3425 if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) { 3426 // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a constructor, the 3427 // initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to 3428 // the type required by the argument of the constructor 3429 BeforeToType = Ctor->getParamDecl(0)->getType().getNonReferenceType(); 3430 } 3431 } 3432 // Watch out for ellipsis conversion. 3433 if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) { 3434 ExprResult Res = 3435 PerformImplicitConversion(From, BeforeToType, 3436 ICS.UserDefined.Before, AA_Converting, 3437 CCK); 3438 if (Res.isInvalid()) 3439 return ExprError(); 3440 From = Res.get(); 3441 } 3442 3443 ExprResult CastArg 3444 = BuildCXXCastArgument(*this, 3445 From->getLocStart(), 3446 ToType.getNonReferenceType(), 3447 CastKind, cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD), 3448 ICS.UserDefined.FoundConversionFunction, 3449 ICS.UserDefined.HadMultipleCandidates, 3450 From); 3451 3452 if (CastArg.isInvalid()) 3453 return ExprError(); 3454 3455 From = CastArg.get(); 3456 3457 return PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined.After, 3458 AA_Converting, CCK); 3459 } 3460 3461 case ImplicitConversionSequence::AmbiguousConversion: 3462 ICS.DiagnoseAmbiguousConversion(*this, From->getExprLoc(), 3463 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_ambiguous_condition) 3464 << From->getSourceRange()); 3465 return ExprError(); 3466 3467 case ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion: 3468 llvm_unreachable("Cannot perform an ellipsis conversion"); 3469 3470 case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion: 3471 bool Diagnosed = 3472 DiagnoseAssignmentResult(Incompatible, From->getExprLoc(), ToType, 3473 From->getType(), From, Action); 3474 assert(Diagnosed && "failed to diagnose bad conversion"); (void)Diagnosed; 3475 return ExprError(); 3476 } 3477 3478 // Everything went well. 3479 return From; 3480 } 3481 3482 /// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the 3483 /// expression From to the type ToType by following the standard 3484 /// conversion sequence SCS. Returns the converted 3485 /// expression. Flavor is the context in which we're performing this 3486 /// conversion, for use in error messages. 3487 ExprResult 3488 Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 3489 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, 3490 AssignmentAction Action, 3491 CheckedConversionKind CCK) { 3492 bool CStyle = (CCK == CCK_CStyleCast || CCK == CCK_FunctionalCast); 3493 3494 // Overall FIXME: we are recomputing too many types here and doing far too 3495 // much extra work. What this means is that we need to keep track of more 3496 // information that is computed when we try the implicit conversion initially, 3497 // so that we don't need to recompute anything here. 3498 QualType FromType = From->getType(); 3499 3500 if (SCS.CopyConstructor) { 3501 // FIXME: When can ToType be a reference type? 3502 assert(!ToType->isReferenceType()); 3503 if (SCS.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) { 3504 SmallVector<Expr*, 8> ConstructorArgs; 3505 if (CompleteConstructorCall(cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(SCS.CopyConstructor), 3506 From, /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/SourceLocation(), 3507 ConstructorArgs)) 3508 return ExprError(); 3509 return BuildCXXConstructExpr( 3510 /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/ SourceLocation(), ToType, 3511 SCS.FoundCopyConstructor, SCS.CopyConstructor, 3512 ConstructorArgs, /*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false, 3513 /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false, 3514 CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange()); 3515 } 3516 return BuildCXXConstructExpr( 3517 /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/ SourceLocation(), ToType, 3518 SCS.FoundCopyConstructor, SCS.CopyConstructor, 3519 From, /*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false, 3520 /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false, 3521 CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange()); 3522 } 3523 3524 // Resolve overloaded function references. 3525 if (Context.hasSameType(FromType, Context.OverloadTy)) { 3526 DeclAccessPair Found; 3527 FunctionDecl *Fn = ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(From, ToType, 3528 true, Found); 3529 if (!Fn) 3530 return ExprError(); 3531 3532 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Fn, From->getLocStart())) 3533 return ExprError(); 3534 3535 From = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(From, Found, Fn); 3536 FromType = From->getType(); 3537 } 3538 3539 // If we're converting to an atomic type, first convert to the corresponding 3540 // non-atomic type. 3541 QualType ToAtomicType; 3542 if (const AtomicType *ToAtomic = ToType->getAs<AtomicType>()) { 3543 ToAtomicType = ToType; 3544 ToType = ToAtomic->getValueType(); 3545 } 3546 3547 QualType InitialFromType = FromType; 3548 // Perform the first implicit conversion. 3549 switch (SCS.First) { 3550 case ICK_Identity: 3551 if (const AtomicType *FromAtomic = FromType->getAs<AtomicType>()) { 3552 FromType = FromAtomic->getValueType().getUnqualifiedType(); 3553 From = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, FromType, CK_AtomicToNonAtomic, 3554 From, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, VK_RValue); 3555 } 3556 break; 3557 3558 case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue: { 3559 assert(From->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty); 3560 ExprResult FromRes = DefaultLvalueConversion(From); 3561 assert(!FromRes.isInvalid() && "Can't perform deduced conversion?!"); 3562 From = FromRes.get(); 3563 FromType = From->getType(); 3564 break; 3565 } 3566 3567 case ICK_Array_To_Pointer: 3568 FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType); 3569 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_ArrayToPointerDecay, 3570 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3571 break; 3572 3573 case ICK_Function_To_Pointer: 3574 FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType); 3575 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_FunctionToPointerDecay, 3576 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3577 break; 3578 3579 default: 3580 llvm_unreachable("Improper first standard conversion"); 3581 } 3582 3583 // Perform the second implicit conversion 3584 switch (SCS.Second) { 3585 case ICK_Identity: 3586 // C++ [except.spec]p5: 3587 // [For] assignment to and initialization of pointers to functions, 3588 // pointers to member functions, and references to functions: the 3589 // target entity shall allow at least the exceptions allowed by the 3590 // source value in the assignment or initialization. 3591 switch (Action) { 3592 case AA_Assigning: 3593 case AA_Initializing: 3594 // Note, function argument passing and returning are initialization. 3595 case AA_Passing: 3596 case AA_Returning: 3597 case AA_Sending: 3598 case AA_Passing_CFAudited: 3599 if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType)) 3600 return ExprError(); 3601 break; 3602 3603 case AA_Casting: 3604 case AA_Converting: 3605 // Casts and implicit conversions are not initialization, so are not 3606 // checked for exception specification mismatches. 3607 break; 3608 } 3609 // Nothing else to do. 3610 break; 3611 3612 case ICK_NoReturn_Adjustment: 3613 // If both sides are functions (or pointers/references to them), there could 3614 // be incompatible exception declarations. 3615 if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType)) 3616 return ExprError(); 3617 3618 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp, 3619 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3620 break; 3621 3622 case ICK_Integral_Promotion: 3623 case ICK_Integral_Conversion: 3624 if (ToType->isBooleanType()) { 3625 assert(FromType->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl()->isFixed() && 3626 SCS.Second == ICK_Integral_Promotion && 3627 "only enums with fixed underlying type can promote to bool"); 3628 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToBoolean, 3629 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3630 } else { 3631 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralCast, 3632 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3633 } 3634 break; 3635 3636 case ICK_Floating_Promotion: 3637 case ICK_Floating_Conversion: 3638 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingCast, 3639 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3640 break; 3641 3642 case ICK_Complex_Promotion: 3643 case ICK_Complex_Conversion: { 3644 QualType FromEl = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(); 3645 QualType ToEl = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(); 3646 CastKind CK; 3647 if (FromEl->isRealFloatingType()) { 3648 if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType()) 3649 CK = CK_FloatingComplexCast; 3650 else 3651 CK = CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex; 3652 } else if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType()) { 3653 CK = CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex; 3654 } else { 3655 CK = CK_IntegralComplexCast; 3656 } 3657 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK, 3658 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3659 break; 3660 } 3661 3662 case ICK_Floating_Integral: 3663 if (ToType->isRealFloatingType()) 3664 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToFloating, 3665 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3666 else 3667 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingToIntegral, 3668 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3669 break; 3670 3671 case ICK_Compatible_Conversion: 3672 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp, 3673 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3674 break; 3675 3676 case ICK_Writeback_Conversion: 3677 case ICK_Pointer_Conversion: { 3678 if (SCS.IncompatibleObjC && Action != AA_Casting) { 3679 // Diagnose incompatible Objective-C conversions 3680 if (Action == AA_Initializing || Action == AA_Assigning) 3681 Diag(From->getLocStart(), 3682 diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer) 3683 << ToType << From->getType() << Action 3684 << From->getSourceRange() << 0; 3685 else 3686 Diag(From->getLocStart(), 3687 diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer) 3688 << From->getType() << ToType << Action 3689 << From->getSourceRange() << 0; 3690 3691 if (From->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3692 ToType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 3693 EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(From); 3694 } 3695 else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 3696 !CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(ToType, 3697 From->getType())) { 3698 if (Action == AA_Initializing) 3699 Diag(From->getLocStart(), 3700 diag::err_arc_weak_unavailable_assign); 3701 else 3702 Diag(From->getLocStart(), 3703 diag::err_arc_convesion_of_weak_unavailable) 3704 << (Action == AA_Casting) << From->getType() << ToType 3705 << From->getSourceRange(); 3706 } 3707 3708 CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid; 3709 CXXCastPath BasePath; 3710 if (CheckPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle)) 3711 return ExprError(); 3712 3713 // Make sure we extend blocks if necessary. 3714 // FIXME: doing this here is really ugly. 3715 if (Kind == CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast) { 3716 ExprResult E = From; 3717 (void) PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(E); 3718 From = E.get(); 3719 } 3720 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) 3721 CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange(), ToType, From, CCK); 3722 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK) 3723 .get(); 3724 break; 3725 } 3726 3727 case ICK_Pointer_Member: { 3728 CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid; 3729 CXXCastPath BasePath; 3730 if (CheckMemberPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle)) 3731 return ExprError(); 3732 if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType)) 3733 return ExprError(); 3734 3735 // We may not have been able to figure out what this member pointer resolved 3736 // to up until this exact point. Attempt to lock-in it's inheritance model. 3737 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 3738 (void)isCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), From->getType()); 3739 (void)isCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), ToType); 3740 } 3741 3742 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK) 3743 .get(); 3744 break; 3745 } 3746 3747 case ICK_Boolean_Conversion: 3748 // Perform half-to-boolean conversion via float. 3749 if (From->getType()->isHalfType()) { 3750 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get(); 3751 FromType = Context.FloatTy; 3752 } 3753 3754 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.BoolTy, 3755 ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(FromType), 3756 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3757 break; 3758 3759 case ICK_Derived_To_Base: { 3760 CXXCastPath BasePath; 3761 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(From->getType(), 3762 ToType.getNonReferenceType(), 3763 From->getLocStart(), 3764 From->getSourceRange(), 3765 &BasePath, 3766 CStyle)) 3767 return ExprError(); 3768 3769 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonReferenceType(), 3770 CK_DerivedToBase, From->getValueKind(), 3771 &BasePath, CCK).get(); 3772 break; 3773 } 3774 3775 case ICK_Vector_Conversion: 3776 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_BitCast, 3777 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3778 break; 3779 3780 case ICK_Vector_Splat: { 3781 // Vector splat from any arithmetic type to a vector. 3782 Expr *Elem = prepareVectorSplat(ToType, From).get(); 3783 From = ImpCastExprToType(Elem, ToType, CK_VectorSplat, VK_RValue, 3784 /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3785 break; 3786 } 3787 3788 case ICK_Complex_Real: 3789 // Case 1. x -> _Complex y 3790 if (const ComplexType *ToComplex = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 3791 QualType ElType = ToComplex->getElementType(); 3792 bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType(); 3793 3794 // x -> y 3795 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, From->getType())) { 3796 // do nothing 3797 } else if (From->getType()->isRealFloatingType()) { 3798 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType, 3799 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_FloatingToIntegral).get(); 3800 } else { 3801 assert(From->getType()->isIntegerType()); 3802 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType, 3803 isFloatingComplex ? CK_IntegralToFloating : CK_IntegralCast).get(); 3804 } 3805 // y -> _Complex y 3806 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, 3807 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingRealToComplex 3808 : CK_IntegralRealToComplex).get(); 3809 3810 // Case 2. _Complex x -> y 3811 } else { 3812 const ComplexType *FromComplex = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>(); 3813 assert(FromComplex); 3814 3815 QualType ElType = FromComplex->getElementType(); 3816 bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType(); 3817 3818 // _Complex x -> x 3819 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType, 3820 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingComplexToReal 3821 : CK_IntegralComplexToReal, 3822 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3823 3824 // x -> y 3825 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, ToType)) { 3826 // do nothing 3827 } else if (ToType->isRealFloatingType()) { 3828 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, 3829 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_IntegralToFloating, 3830 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3831 } else { 3832 assert(ToType->isIntegerType()); 3833 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, 3834 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingToIntegral : CK_IntegralCast, 3835 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3836 } 3837 } 3838 break; 3839 3840 case ICK_Block_Pointer_Conversion: { 3841 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getUnqualifiedType(), CK_BitCast, 3842 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3843 break; 3844 } 3845 3846 case ICK_TransparentUnionConversion: { 3847 ExprResult FromRes = From; 3848 Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy = 3849 CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(ToType, FromRes); 3850 if (FromRes.isInvalid()) 3851 return ExprError(); 3852 From = FromRes.get(); 3853 assert ((ConvTy == Sema::Compatible) && 3854 "Improper transparent union conversion"); 3855 (void)ConvTy; 3856 break; 3857 } 3858 3859 case ICK_Zero_Event_Conversion: 3860 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, 3861 CK_ZeroToOCLEvent, 3862 From->getValueKind()).get(); 3863 break; 3864 3865 case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue: 3866 case ICK_Array_To_Pointer: 3867 case ICK_Function_To_Pointer: 3868 case ICK_Qualification: 3869 case ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds: 3870 case ICK_C_Only_Conversion: 3871 case ICK_Incompatible_Pointer_Conversion: 3872 llvm_unreachable("Improper second standard conversion"); 3873 } 3874 3875 switch (SCS.Third) { 3876 case ICK_Identity: 3877 // Nothing to do. 3878 break; 3879 3880 case ICK_Qualification: { 3881 // The qualification keeps the category of the inner expression, unless the 3882 // target type isn't a reference. 3883 ExprValueKind VK = ToType->isReferenceType() ? 3884 From->getValueKind() : VK_RValue; 3885 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonLValueExprType(Context), 3886 CK_NoOp, VK, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3887 3888 if (SCS.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr && 3889 !getLangOpts().WritableStrings) { 3890 Diag(From->getLocStart(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 3891 ? diag::ext_deprecated_string_literal_conversion 3892 : diag::warn_deprecated_string_literal_conversion) 3893 << ToType.getNonReferenceType(); 3894 } 3895 3896 break; 3897 } 3898 3899 default: 3900 llvm_unreachable("Improper third standard conversion"); 3901 } 3902 3903 // If this conversion sequence involved a scalar -> atomic conversion, perform 3904 // that conversion now. 3905 if (!ToAtomicType.isNull()) { 3906 assert(Context.hasSameType( 3907 ToAtomicType->castAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(), From->getType())); 3908 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToAtomicType, CK_NonAtomicToAtomic, 3909 VK_RValue, nullptr, CCK).get(); 3910 } 3911 3912 // If this conversion sequence succeeded and involved implicitly converting a 3913 // _Nullable type to a _Nonnull one, complain. 3914 if (CCK == CCK_ImplicitConversion) 3915 diagnoseNullableToNonnullConversion(ToType, InitialFromType, 3916 From->getLocStart()); 3917 3918 return From; 3919 } 3920 3921 /// \brief Check the completeness of a type in a unary type trait. 3922 /// 3923 /// If the particular type trait requires a complete type, tries to complete 3924 /// it. If completing the type fails, a diagnostic is emitted and false 3925 /// returned. If completing the type succeeds or no completion was required, 3926 /// returns true. 3927 static bool CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness(Sema &S, TypeTrait UTT, 3928 SourceLocation Loc, 3929 QualType ArgTy) { 3930 // C++0x [meta.unary.prop]p3: 3931 // For all of the class templates X declared in this Clause, instantiating 3932 // that template with a template argument that is a class template 3933 // specialization may result in the implicit instantiation of the template 3934 // argument if and only if the semantics of X require that the argument 3935 // must be a complete type. 3936 // We apply this rule to all the type trait expressions used to implement 3937 // these class templates. We also try to follow any GCC documented behavior 3938 // in these expressions to ensure portability of standard libraries. 3939 switch (UTT) { 3940 default: llvm_unreachable("not a UTT"); 3941 // is_complete_type somewhat obviously cannot require a complete type. 3942 case UTT_IsCompleteType: 3943 // Fall-through 3944 3945 // These traits are modeled on the type predicates in C++0x 3946 // [meta.unary.cat] and [meta.unary.comp]. They are not specified as 3947 // requiring a complete type, as whether or not they return true cannot be 3948 // impacted by the completeness of the type. 3949 case UTT_IsVoid: 3950 case UTT_IsIntegral: 3951 case UTT_IsFloatingPoint: 3952 case UTT_IsArray: 3953 case UTT_IsPointer: 3954 case UTT_IsLvalueReference: 3955 case UTT_IsRvalueReference: 3956 case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer: 3957 case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer: 3958 case UTT_IsEnum: 3959 case UTT_IsUnion: 3960 case UTT_IsClass: 3961 case UTT_IsFunction: 3962 case UTT_IsReference: 3963 case UTT_IsArithmetic: 3964 case UTT_IsFundamental: 3965 case UTT_IsObject: 3966 case UTT_IsScalar: 3967 case UTT_IsCompound: 3968 case UTT_IsMemberPointer: 3969 // Fall-through 3970 3971 // These traits are modeled on type predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.prop] 3972 // which requires some of its traits to have the complete type. However, 3973 // the completeness of the type cannot impact these traits' semantics, and 3974 // so they don't require it. This matches the comments on these traits in 3975 // Table 49. 3976 case UTT_IsConst: 3977 case UTT_IsVolatile: 3978 case UTT_IsSigned: 3979 case UTT_IsUnsigned: 3980 3981 // This type trait always returns false, checking the type is moot. 3982 case UTT_IsInterfaceClass: 3983 return true; 3984 3985 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: 3986 // If T is a non-union class type, T shall be a complete type. 3987 case UTT_IsEmpty: 3988 case UTT_IsPolymorphic: 3989 case UTT_IsAbstract: 3990 if (const auto *RD = ArgTy->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3991 if (!RD->isUnion()) 3992 return !S.RequireCompleteType( 3993 Loc, ArgTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr); 3994 return true; 3995 3996 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: 3997 // If T is a class type, T shall be a complete type. 3998 case UTT_IsFinal: 3999 case UTT_IsSealed: 4000 if (ArgTy->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4001 return !S.RequireCompleteType( 4002 Loc, ArgTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr); 4003 return true; 4004 4005 // C++0x [meta.unary.prop] Table 49 requires the following traits to be 4006 // applied to a complete type. 4007 case UTT_IsTrivial: 4008 case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable: 4009 case UTT_IsStandardLayout: 4010 case UTT_IsPOD: 4011 case UTT_IsLiteral: 4012 4013 case UTT_IsDestructible: 4014 case UTT_IsNothrowDestructible: 4015 // Fall-through 4016 4017 // These trait expressions are designed to help implement predicates in 4018 // [meta.unary.prop] despite not being named the same. They are specified 4019 // by both GCC and the Embarcadero C++ compiler, and require the complete 4020 // type due to the overarching C++0x type predicates being implemented 4021 // requiring the complete type. 4022 case UTT_HasNothrowAssign: 4023 case UTT_HasNothrowMoveAssign: 4024 case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor: 4025 case UTT_HasNothrowCopy: 4026 case UTT_HasTrivialAssign: 4027 case UTT_HasTrivialMoveAssign: 4028 case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor: 4029 case UTT_HasTrivialMoveConstructor: 4030 case UTT_HasTrivialCopy: 4031 case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor: 4032 case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor: 4033 // Arrays of unknown bound are expressly allowed. 4034 QualType ElTy = ArgTy; 4035 if (ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType()) 4036 ElTy = S.Context.getAsArrayType(ArgTy)->getElementType(); 4037 4038 // The void type is expressly allowed. 4039 if (ElTy->isVoidType()) 4040 return true; 4041 4042 return !S.RequireCompleteType( 4043 Loc, ElTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr); 4044 } 4045 } 4046 4047 static bool HasNoThrowOperator(const RecordType *RT, OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 4048 Sema &Self, SourceLocation KeyLoc, ASTContext &C, 4049 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasTrivial)() const, 4050 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasNonTrivial)() const, 4051 bool (CXXMethodDecl::*IsDesiredOp)() const) 4052 { 4053 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 4054 if ((RD->*HasTrivial)() && !(RD->*HasNonTrivial)()) 4055 return true; 4056 4057 DeclarationName Name = C.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op); 4058 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, KeyLoc); 4059 LookupResult Res(Self, NameInfo, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); 4060 if (Self.LookupQualifiedName(Res, RD)) { 4061 bool FoundOperator = false; 4062 Res.suppressDiagnostics(); 4063 for (LookupResult::iterator Op = Res.begin(), OpEnd = Res.end(); 4064 Op != OpEnd; ++Op) { 4065 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Op)) 4066 continue; 4067 4068 CXXMethodDecl *Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Op); 4069 if((Operator->*IsDesiredOp)()) { 4070 FoundOperator = true; 4071 const FunctionProtoType *CPT = 4072 Operator->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 4073 CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT); 4074 if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow(C)) 4075 return false; 4076 } 4077 } 4078 return FoundOperator; 4079 } 4080 return false; 4081 } 4082 4083 static bool EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait UTT, 4084 SourceLocation KeyLoc, QualType T) { 4085 assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type"); 4086 4087 ASTContext &C = Self.Context; 4088 switch(UTT) { 4089 default: llvm_unreachable("not a UTT"); 4090 // Type trait expressions corresponding to the primary type category 4091 // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.cat]. 4092 case UTT_IsVoid: 4093 return T->isVoidType(); 4094 case UTT_IsIntegral: 4095 return T->isIntegralType(C); 4096 case UTT_IsFloatingPoint: 4097 return T->isFloatingType(); 4098 case UTT_IsArray: 4099 return T->isArrayType(); 4100 case UTT_IsPointer: 4101 return T->isPointerType(); 4102 case UTT_IsLvalueReference: 4103 return T->isLValueReferenceType(); 4104 case UTT_IsRvalueReference: 4105 return T->isRValueReferenceType(); 4106 case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer: 4107 return T->isMemberFunctionPointerType(); 4108 case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer: 4109 return T->isMemberDataPointerType(); 4110 case UTT_IsEnum: 4111 return T->isEnumeralType(); 4112 case UTT_IsUnion: 4113 return T->isUnionType(); 4114 case UTT_IsClass: 4115 return T->isClassType() || T->isStructureType() || T->isInterfaceType(); 4116 case UTT_IsFunction: 4117 return T->isFunctionType(); 4118 4119 // Type trait expressions which correspond to the convenient composition 4120 // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.comp]. 4121 case UTT_IsReference: 4122 return T->isReferenceType(); 4123 case UTT_IsArithmetic: 4124 return T->isArithmeticType() && !T->isEnumeralType(); 4125 case UTT_IsFundamental: 4126 return T->isFundamentalType(); 4127 case UTT_IsObject: 4128 return T->isObjectType(); 4129 case UTT_IsScalar: 4130 // Note: semantic analysis depends on Objective-C lifetime types to be 4131 // considered scalar types. However, such types do not actually behave 4132 // like scalar types at run time (since they may require retain/release 4133 // operations), so we report them as non-scalar. 4134 if (T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 4135 switch (T.getObjCLifetime()) { 4136 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 4137 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 4138 return true; 4139 4140 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 4141 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 4142 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 4143 return false; 4144 } 4145 } 4146 4147 return T->isScalarType(); 4148 case UTT_IsCompound: 4149 return T->isCompoundType(); 4150 case UTT_IsMemberPointer: 4151 return T->isMemberPointerType(); 4152 4153 // Type trait expressions which correspond to the type property predicates 4154 // in C++0x [meta.unary.prop]. 4155 case UTT_IsConst: 4156 return T.isConstQualified(); 4157 case UTT_IsVolatile: 4158 return T.isVolatileQualified(); 4159 case UTT_IsTrivial: 4160 return T.isTrivialType(C); 4161 case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable: 4162 return T.isTriviallyCopyableType(C); 4163 case UTT_IsStandardLayout: 4164 return T->isStandardLayoutType(); 4165 case UTT_IsPOD: 4166 return T.isPODType(C); 4167 case UTT_IsLiteral: 4168 return T->isLiteralType(C); 4169 case UTT_IsEmpty: 4170 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4171 return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isEmpty(); 4172 return false; 4173 case UTT_IsPolymorphic: 4174 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4175 return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isPolymorphic(); 4176 return false; 4177 case UTT_IsAbstract: 4178 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4179 return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isAbstract(); 4180 return false; 4181 // __is_interface_class only returns true when CL is invoked in /CLR mode and 4182 // even then only when it is used with the 'interface struct ...' syntax 4183 // Clang doesn't support /CLR which makes this type trait moot. 4184 case UTT_IsInterfaceClass: 4185 return false; 4186 case UTT_IsFinal: 4187 case UTT_IsSealed: 4188 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4189 return RD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>(); 4190 return false; 4191 case UTT_IsSigned: 4192 return T->isSignedIntegerType(); 4193 case UTT_IsUnsigned: 4194 return T->isUnsignedIntegerType(); 4195 4196 // Type trait expressions which query classes regarding their construction, 4197 // destruction, and copying. Rather than being based directly on the 4198 // related type predicates in the standard, they are specified by both 4199 // GCC[1] and the Embarcadero C++ compiler[2], and Clang implements those 4200 // specifications. 4201 // 4202 // 1: http://gcc.gnu/.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html 4203 // 2: http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index 4204 // 4205 // Note that these builtins do not behave as documented in g++: if a class 4206 // has both a trivial and a non-trivial special member of a particular kind, 4207 // they return false! For now, we emulate this behavior. 4208 // FIXME: This appears to be a g++ bug: more complex cases reveal that it 4209 // does not correctly compute triviality in the presence of multiple special 4210 // members of the same kind. Revisit this once the g++ bug is fixed. 4211 case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor: 4212 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 4213 // If __is_pod (type) is true then the trait is true, else if type is 4214 // a cv class or union type (or array thereof) with a trivial default 4215 // constructor ([class.ctor]) then the trait is true, else it is false. 4216 if (T.isPODType(C)) 4217 return true; 4218 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4219 return RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() && 4220 !RD->hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor(); 4221 return false; 4222 case UTT_HasTrivialMoveConstructor: 4223 // This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the 4224 // standard library headers. Specifically this is used as the logic 4225 // behind std::is_trivially_move_constructible (20.9.4.3). 4226 if (T.isPODType(C)) 4227 return true; 4228 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4229 return RD->hasTrivialMoveConstructor() && !RD->hasNonTrivialMoveConstructor(); 4230 return false; 4231 case UTT_HasTrivialCopy: 4232 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 4233 // If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type then 4234 // the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type 4235 // with a trivial copy constructor ([class.copy]) then the trait 4236 // is true, else it is false. 4237 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType()) 4238 return true; 4239 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4240 return RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() && 4241 !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor(); 4242 return false; 4243 case UTT_HasTrivialMoveAssign: 4244 // This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the 4245 // standard library headers. Specifically it is used as the logic 4246 // behind std::is_trivially_move_assignable (20.9.4.3) 4247 if (T.isPODType(C)) 4248 return true; 4249 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4250 return RD->hasTrivialMoveAssignment() && !RD->hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment(); 4251 return false; 4252 case UTT_HasTrivialAssign: 4253 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 4254 // If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the 4255 // trait is false. Otherwise if __is_pod (type) is true then the 4256 // trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type with 4257 // a trivial copy assignment ([class.copy]) then the trait is 4258 // true, else it is false. 4259 // Note: the const and reference restrictions are interesting, 4260 // given that const and reference members don't prevent a class 4261 // from having a trivial copy assignment operator (but do cause 4262 // errors if the copy assignment operator is actually used, q.v. 4263 // [class.copy]p12). 4264 4265 if (T.isConstQualified()) 4266 return false; 4267 if (T.isPODType(C)) 4268 return true; 4269 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4270 return RD->hasTrivialCopyAssignment() && 4271 !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment(); 4272 return false; 4273 case UTT_IsDestructible: 4274 case UTT_IsNothrowDestructible: 4275 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: 4276 // For reference types, is_destructible<T>::value is true. 4277 if (T->isReferenceType()) 4278 return true; 4279 4280 // Objective-C++ ARC: autorelease types don't require destruction. 4281 if (T->isObjCLifetimeType() && 4282 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) 4283 return true; 4284 4285 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: 4286 // For incomplete types and function types, is_destructible<T>::value is 4287 // false. 4288 if (T->isIncompleteType() || T->isFunctionType()) 4289 return false; 4290 4291 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: 4292 // For object types and given U equal to remove_all_extents_t<T>, if the 4293 // expression std::declval<U&>().~U() is well-formed when treated as an 4294 // unevaluated operand (Clause 5), then is_destructible<T>::value is true 4295 if (auto *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 4296 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = Self.LookupDestructor(RD); 4297 if (!Destructor) 4298 return false; 4299 // C++14 [dcl.fct.def.delete]p2: 4300 // A program that refers to a deleted function implicitly or 4301 // explicitly, other than to declare it, is ill-formed. 4302 if (Destructor->isDeleted()) 4303 return false; 4304 if (C.getLangOpts().AccessControl && Destructor->getAccess() != AS_public) 4305 return false; 4306 if (UTT == UTT_IsNothrowDestructible) { 4307 const FunctionProtoType *CPT = 4308 Destructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 4309 CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT); 4310 if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow(C)) 4311 return false; 4312 } 4313 } 4314 return true; 4315 4316 case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor: 4317 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html 4318 // If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type 4319 // then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union 4320 // type (or array thereof) with a trivial destructor 4321 // ([class.dtor]) then the trait is true, else it is 4322 // false. 4323 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType()) 4324 return true; 4325 4326 // Objective-C++ ARC: autorelease types don't require destruction. 4327 if (T->isObjCLifetimeType() && 4328 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) 4329 return true; 4330 4331 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4332 return RD->hasTrivialDestructor(); 4333 return false; 4334 // TODO: Propagate nothrowness for implicitly declared special members. 4335 case UTT_HasNothrowAssign: 4336 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 4337 // If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the 4338 // trait is false. Otherwise if __has_trivial_assign (type) 4339 // is true then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class 4340 // or union type with copy assignment operators that are known 4341 // not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is 4342 // false. 4343 if (C.getBaseElementType(T).isConstQualified()) 4344 return false; 4345 if (T->isReferenceType()) 4346 return false; 4347 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isObjCLifetimeType()) 4348 return true; 4349 4350 if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) 4351 return HasNoThrowOperator(RT, OO_Equal, Self, KeyLoc, C, 4352 &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment, 4353 &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment, 4354 &CXXMethodDecl::isCopyAssignmentOperator); 4355 return false; 4356 case UTT_HasNothrowMoveAssign: 4357 // This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the 4358 // standard library headers. Specifically this is used as the logic 4359 // behind std::is_nothrow_move_assignable (20.9.4.3). 4360 if (T.isPODType(C)) 4361 return true; 4362 4363 if (const RecordType *RT = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAs<RecordType>()) 4364 return HasNoThrowOperator(RT, OO_Equal, Self, KeyLoc, C, 4365 &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialMoveAssignment, 4366 &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment, 4367 &CXXMethodDecl::isMoveAssignmentOperator); 4368 return false; 4369 case UTT_HasNothrowCopy: 4370 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 4371 // If __has_trivial_copy (type) is true then the trait is true, else 4372 // if type is a cv class or union type with copy constructors that are 4373 // known not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is 4374 // false. 4375 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType() || T->isObjCLifetimeType()) 4376 return true; 4377 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 4378 if (RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() && 4379 !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 4380 return true; 4381 4382 bool FoundConstructor = false; 4383 unsigned FoundTQs; 4384 for (const auto *ND : Self.LookupConstructors(RD)) { 4385 // A template constructor is never a copy constructor. 4386 // FIXME: However, it may actually be selected at the actual overload 4387 // resolution point. 4388 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND)) 4389 continue; 4390 const CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND); 4391 if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor(FoundTQs)) { 4392 FoundConstructor = true; 4393 const FunctionProtoType *CPT 4394 = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 4395 CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT); 4396 if (!CPT) 4397 return false; 4398 // TODO: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw. 4399 // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw. 4400 if (!CPT->isNothrow(C) || CPT->getNumParams() > 1) 4401 return false; 4402 } 4403 } 4404 4405 return FoundConstructor; 4406 } 4407 return false; 4408 case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor: 4409 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html 4410 // If __has_trivial_constructor (type) is true then the trait is 4411 // true, else if type is a cv class or union type (or array 4412 // thereof) with a default constructor that is known not to 4413 // throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is false. 4414 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isObjCLifetimeType()) 4415 return true; 4416 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 4417 if (RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() && 4418 !RD->hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 4419 return true; 4420 4421 bool FoundConstructor = false; 4422 for (const auto *ND : Self.LookupConstructors(RD)) { 4423 // FIXME: In C++0x, a constructor template can be a default constructor. 4424 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND)) 4425 continue; 4426 const CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND); 4427 if (Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) { 4428 FoundConstructor = true; 4429 const FunctionProtoType *CPT 4430 = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 4431 CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT); 4432 if (!CPT) 4433 return false; 4434 // FIXME: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw. 4435 // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw. 4436 if (!CPT->isNothrow(C) || CPT->getNumParams() > 0) 4437 return false; 4438 } 4439 } 4440 return FoundConstructor; 4441 } 4442 return false; 4443 case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor: 4444 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 4445 // If type is a class type with a virtual destructor ([class.dtor]) 4446 // then the trait is true, else it is false. 4447 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4448 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = Self.LookupDestructor(RD)) 4449 return Destructor->isVirtual(); 4450 return false; 4451 4452 // These type trait expressions are modeled on the specifications for the 4453 // Embarcadero C++0x type trait functions: 4454 // http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index 4455 case UTT_IsCompleteType: 4456 // http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Is_complete_type_(typename_T_): 4457 // Returns True if and only if T is a complete type at the point of the 4458 // function call. 4459 return !T->isIncompleteType(); 4460 } 4461 } 4462 4463 /// \brief Determine whether T has a non-trivial Objective-C lifetime in 4464 /// ARC mode. 4465 static bool hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(QualType T) { 4466 switch (T.getObjCLifetime()) { 4467 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 4468 return false; 4469 4470 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 4471 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 4472 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 4473 return true; 4474 4475 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 4476 return T->isObjCLifetimeType(); 4477 } 4478 4479 llvm_unreachable("Unknown ObjC lifetime qualifier"); 4480 } 4481 4482 static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait BTT, QualType LhsT, 4483 QualType RhsT, SourceLocation KeyLoc); 4484 4485 static bool evaluateTypeTrait(Sema &S, TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4486 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 4487 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 4488 if (Kind <= UTT_Last) 4489 return EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(S, Kind, KWLoc, Args[0]->getType()); 4490 4491 if (Kind <= BTT_Last) 4492 return EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(S, Kind, Args[0]->getType(), 4493 Args[1]->getType(), RParenLoc); 4494 4495 switch (Kind) { 4496 case clang::TT_IsConstructible: 4497 case clang::TT_IsNothrowConstructible: 4498 case clang::TT_IsTriviallyConstructible: { 4499 // C++11 [meta.unary.prop]: 4500 // is_trivially_constructible is defined as: 4501 // 4502 // is_constructible<T, Args...>::value is true and the variable 4503 // definition for is_constructible, as defined below, is known to call 4504 // no operation that is not trivial. 4505 // 4506 // The predicate condition for a template specialization 4507 // is_constructible<T, Args...> shall be satisfied if and only if the 4508 // following variable definition would be well-formed for some invented 4509 // variable t: 4510 // 4511 // T t(create<Args>()...); 4512 assert(!Args.empty()); 4513 4514 // Precondition: T and all types in the parameter pack Args shall be 4515 // complete types, (possibly cv-qualified) void, or arrays of 4516 // unknown bound. 4517 for (const auto *TSI : Args) { 4518 QualType ArgTy = TSI->getType(); 4519 if (ArgTy->isVoidType() || ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType()) 4520 continue; 4521 4522 if (S.RequireCompleteType(KWLoc, ArgTy, 4523 diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr)) 4524 return false; 4525 } 4526 4527 // Make sure the first argument is not incomplete nor a function type. 4528 QualType T = Args[0]->getType(); 4529 if (T->isIncompleteType() || T->isFunctionType()) 4530 return false; 4531 4532 // Make sure the first argument is not an abstract type. 4533 CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 4534 if (RD && RD->isAbstract()) 4535 return false; 4536 4537 SmallVector<OpaqueValueExpr, 2> OpaqueArgExprs; 4538 SmallVector<Expr *, 2> ArgExprs; 4539 ArgExprs.reserve(Args.size() - 1); 4540 for (unsigned I = 1, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4541 QualType ArgTy = Args[I]->getType(); 4542 if (ArgTy->isObjectType() || ArgTy->isFunctionType()) 4543 ArgTy = S.Context.getRValueReferenceType(ArgTy); 4544 OpaqueArgExprs.push_back( 4545 OpaqueValueExpr(Args[I]->getTypeLoc().getLocStart(), 4546 ArgTy.getNonLValueExprType(S.Context), 4547 Expr::getValueKindForType(ArgTy))); 4548 } 4549 for (Expr &E : OpaqueArgExprs) 4550 ArgExprs.push_back(&E); 4551 4552 // Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE 4553 // trap at translation unit scope. 4554 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(S, Sema::Unevaluated); 4555 Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(S, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true); 4556 Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(S, S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 4557 InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Args[0])); 4558 InitializationKind InitKind(InitializationKind::CreateDirect(KWLoc, KWLoc, 4559 RParenLoc)); 4560 InitializationSequence Init(S, To, InitKind, ArgExprs); 4561 if (Init.Failed()) 4562 return false; 4563 4564 ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(S, To, InitKind, ArgExprs); 4565 if (Result.isInvalid() || SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred()) 4566 return false; 4567 4568 if (Kind == clang::TT_IsConstructible) 4569 return true; 4570 4571 if (Kind == clang::TT_IsNothrowConstructible) 4572 return S.canThrow(Result.get()) == CT_Cannot; 4573 4574 if (Kind == clang::TT_IsTriviallyConstructible) { 4575 // Under Objective-C ARC, if the destination has non-trivial Objective-C 4576 // lifetime, this is a non-trivial construction. 4577 if (S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 4578 hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(T.getNonReferenceType())) 4579 return false; 4580 4581 // The initialization succeeded; now make sure there are no non-trivial 4582 // calls. 4583 return !Result.get()->hasNonTrivialCall(S.Context); 4584 } 4585 4586 llvm_unreachable("unhandled type trait"); 4587 return false; 4588 } 4589 default: llvm_unreachable("not a TT"); 4590 } 4591 4592 return false; 4593 } 4594 4595 ExprResult Sema::BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4596 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 4597 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 4598 QualType ResultType = Context.getLogicalOperationType(); 4599 4600 if (Kind <= UTT_Last && !CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness( 4601 *this, Kind, KWLoc, Args[0]->getType())) 4602 return ExprError(); 4603 4604 bool Dependent = false; 4605 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4606 if (Args[I]->getType()->isDependentType()) { 4607 Dependent = true; 4608 break; 4609 } 4610 } 4611 4612 bool Result = false; 4613 if (!Dependent) 4614 Result = evaluateTypeTrait(*this, Kind, KWLoc, Args, RParenLoc); 4615 4616 return TypeTraitExpr::Create(Context, ResultType, KWLoc, Kind, Args, 4617 RParenLoc, Result); 4618 } 4619 4620 ExprResult Sema::ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4621 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, 4622 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 4623 SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 4> ConvertedArgs; 4624 ConvertedArgs.reserve(Args.size()); 4625 4626 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4627 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4628 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Args[I], &TInfo); 4629 if (!TInfo) 4630 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, KWLoc); 4631 4632 ConvertedArgs.push_back(TInfo); 4633 } 4634 4635 return BuildTypeTrait(Kind, KWLoc, ConvertedArgs, RParenLoc); 4636 } 4637 4638 static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait BTT, QualType LhsT, 4639 QualType RhsT, SourceLocation KeyLoc) { 4640 assert(!LhsT->isDependentType() && !RhsT->isDependentType() && 4641 "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent types"); 4642 4643 switch(BTT) { 4644 case BTT_IsBaseOf: { 4645 // C++0x [meta.rel]p2 4646 // Base is a base class of Derived without regard to cv-qualifiers or 4647 // Base and Derived are not unions and name the same class type without 4648 // regard to cv-qualifiers. 4649 4650 const RecordType *lhsRecord = LhsT->getAs<RecordType>(); 4651 if (!lhsRecord) return false; 4652 4653 const RecordType *rhsRecord = RhsT->getAs<RecordType>(); 4654 if (!rhsRecord) return false; 4655 4656 assert(Self.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LhsT, RhsT) 4657 == (lhsRecord == rhsRecord)); 4658 4659 if (lhsRecord == rhsRecord) 4660 return !lhsRecord->getDecl()->isUnion(); 4661 4662 // C++0x [meta.rel]p2: 4663 // If Base and Derived are class types and are different types 4664 // (ignoring possible cv-qualifiers) then Derived shall be a 4665 // complete type. 4666 if (Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT, 4667 diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr)) 4668 return false; 4669 4670 return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(rhsRecord->getDecl()) 4671 ->isDerivedFrom(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(lhsRecord->getDecl())); 4672 } 4673 case BTT_IsSame: 4674 return Self.Context.hasSameType(LhsT, RhsT); 4675 case BTT_TypeCompatible: 4676 return Self.Context.typesAreCompatible(LhsT.getUnqualifiedType(), 4677 RhsT.getUnqualifiedType()); 4678 case BTT_IsConvertible: 4679 case BTT_IsConvertibleTo: { 4680 // C++0x [meta.rel]p4: 4681 // Given the following function prototype: 4682 // 4683 // template <class T> 4684 // typename add_rvalue_reference<T>::type create(); 4685 // 4686 // the predicate condition for a template specialization 4687 // is_convertible<From, To> shall be satisfied if and only if 4688 // the return expression in the following code would be 4689 // well-formed, including any implicit conversions to the return 4690 // type of the function: 4691 // 4692 // To test() { 4693 // return create<From>(); 4694 // } 4695 // 4696 // Access checking is performed as if in a context unrelated to To and 4697 // From. Only the validity of the immediate context of the expression 4698 // of the return-statement (including conversions to the return type) 4699 // is considered. 4700 // 4701 // We model the initialization as a copy-initialization of a temporary 4702 // of the appropriate type, which for this expression is identical to the 4703 // return statement (since NRVO doesn't apply). 4704 4705 // Functions aren't allowed to return function or array types. 4706 if (RhsT->isFunctionType() || RhsT->isArrayType()) 4707 return false; 4708 4709 // A return statement in a void function must have void type. 4710 if (RhsT->isVoidType()) 4711 return LhsT->isVoidType(); 4712 4713 // A function definition requires a complete, non-abstract return type. 4714 if (!Self.isCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT) || Self.isAbstractType(KeyLoc, RhsT)) 4715 return false; 4716 4717 // Compute the result of add_rvalue_reference. 4718 if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType()) 4719 LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT); 4720 4721 // Build a fake source and destination for initialization. 4722 InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(RhsT)); 4723 OpaqueValueExpr From(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context), 4724 Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT)); 4725 Expr *FromPtr = &From; 4726 InitializationKind Kind(InitializationKind::CreateCopy(KeyLoc, 4727 SourceLocation())); 4728 4729 // Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE 4730 // trap at translation unit scope. 4731 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(Self, Sema::Unevaluated); 4732 Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true); 4733 Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 4734 InitializationSequence Init(Self, To, Kind, FromPtr); 4735 if (Init.Failed()) 4736 return false; 4737 4738 ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(Self, To, Kind, FromPtr); 4739 return !Result.isInvalid() && !SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred(); 4740 } 4741 4742 case BTT_IsAssignable: 4743 case BTT_IsNothrowAssignable: 4744 case BTT_IsTriviallyAssignable: { 4745 // C++11 [meta.unary.prop]p3: 4746 // is_trivially_assignable is defined as: 4747 // is_assignable<T, U>::value is true and the assignment, as defined by 4748 // is_assignable, is known to call no operation that is not trivial 4749 // 4750 // is_assignable is defined as: 4751 // The expression declval<T>() = declval<U>() is well-formed when 4752 // treated as an unevaluated operand (Clause 5). 4753 // 4754 // For both, T and U shall be complete types, (possibly cv-qualified) 4755 // void, or arrays of unknown bound. 4756 if (!LhsT->isVoidType() && !LhsT->isIncompleteArrayType() && 4757 Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, LhsT, 4758 diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr)) 4759 return false; 4760 if (!RhsT->isVoidType() && !RhsT->isIncompleteArrayType() && 4761 Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT, 4762 diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr)) 4763 return false; 4764 4765 // cv void is never assignable. 4766 if (LhsT->isVoidType() || RhsT->isVoidType()) 4767 return false; 4768 4769 // Build expressions that emulate the effect of declval<T>() and 4770 // declval<U>(). 4771 if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType()) 4772 LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT); 4773 if (RhsT->isObjectType() || RhsT->isFunctionType()) 4774 RhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(RhsT); 4775 OpaqueValueExpr Lhs(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context), 4776 Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT)); 4777 OpaqueValueExpr Rhs(KeyLoc, RhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context), 4778 Expr::getValueKindForType(RhsT)); 4779 4780 // Attempt the assignment in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE 4781 // trap at translation unit scope. 4782 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(Self, Sema::Unevaluated); 4783 Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true); 4784 Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 4785 ExprResult Result = Self.BuildBinOp(/*S=*/nullptr, KeyLoc, BO_Assign, &Lhs, 4786 &Rhs); 4787 if (Result.isInvalid() || SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred()) 4788 return false; 4789 4790 if (BTT == BTT_IsAssignable) 4791 return true; 4792 4793 if (BTT == BTT_IsNothrowAssignable) 4794 return Self.canThrow(Result.get()) == CT_Cannot; 4795 4796 if (BTT == BTT_IsTriviallyAssignable) { 4797 // Under Objective-C ARC, if the destination has non-trivial Objective-C 4798 // lifetime, this is a non-trivial assignment. 4799 if (Self.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 4800 hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(LhsT.getNonReferenceType())) 4801 return false; 4802 4803 return !Result.get()->hasNonTrivialCall(Self.Context); 4804 } 4805 4806 llvm_unreachable("unhandled type trait"); 4807 return false; 4808 } 4809 default: llvm_unreachable("not a BTT"); 4810 } 4811 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented"); 4812 } 4813 4814 ExprResult Sema::ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4815 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4816 ParsedType Ty, 4817 Expr* DimExpr, 4818 SourceLocation RParen) { 4819 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo; 4820 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TSInfo); 4821 if (!TSInfo) 4822 TSInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 4823 4824 return BuildArrayTypeTrait(ATT, KWLoc, TSInfo, DimExpr, RParen); 4825 } 4826 4827 static uint64_t EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(Sema &Self, ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4828 QualType T, Expr *DimExpr, 4829 SourceLocation KeyLoc) { 4830 assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type"); 4831 4832 switch(ATT) { 4833 case ATT_ArrayRank: 4834 if (T->isArrayType()) { 4835 unsigned Dim = 0; 4836 while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) { 4837 ++Dim; 4838 T = AT->getElementType(); 4839 } 4840 return Dim; 4841 } 4842 return 0; 4843 4844 case ATT_ArrayExtent: { 4845 llvm::APSInt Value; 4846 uint64_t Dim; 4847 if (Self.VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(DimExpr, &Value, 4848 diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer, 4849 false).isInvalid()) 4850 return 0; 4851 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 4852 Self.Diag(KeyLoc, diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer) 4853 << DimExpr->getSourceRange(); 4854 return 0; 4855 } 4856 Dim = Value.getLimitedValue(); 4857 4858 if (T->isArrayType()) { 4859 unsigned D = 0; 4860 bool Matched = false; 4861 while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) { 4862 if (Dim == D) { 4863 Matched = true; 4864 break; 4865 } 4866 ++D; 4867 T = AT->getElementType(); 4868 } 4869 4870 if (Matched && T->isArrayType()) { 4871 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Self.Context.getAsConstantArrayType(T)) 4872 return CAT->getSize().getLimitedValue(); 4873 } 4874 } 4875 return 0; 4876 } 4877 } 4878 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented"); 4879 } 4880 4881 ExprResult Sema::BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4882 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4883 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 4884 Expr* DimExpr, 4885 SourceLocation RParen) { 4886 QualType T = TSInfo->getType(); 4887 4888 // FIXME: This should likely be tracked as an APInt to remove any host 4889 // assumptions about the width of size_t on the target. 4890 uint64_t Value = 0; 4891 if (!T->isDependentType()) 4892 Value = EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(*this, ATT, T, DimExpr, KWLoc); 4893 4894 // While the specification for these traits from the Embarcadero C++ 4895 // compiler's documentation says the return type is 'unsigned int', Clang 4896 // returns 'size_t'. On Windows, the primary platform for the Embarcadero 4897 // compiler, there is no difference. On several other platforms this is an 4898 // important distinction. 4899 return new (Context) ArrayTypeTraitExpr(KWLoc, ATT, TSInfo, Value, DimExpr, 4900 RParen, Context.getSizeType()); 4901 } 4902 4903 ExprResult Sema::ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET, 4904 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4905 Expr *Queried, 4906 SourceLocation RParen) { 4907 // If error parsing the expression, ignore. 4908 if (!Queried) 4909 return ExprError(); 4910 4911 ExprResult Result = BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, Queried, RParen); 4912 4913 return Result; 4914 } 4915 4916 static bool EvaluateExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET, Expr *E) { 4917 switch (ET) { 4918 case ET_IsLValueExpr: return E->isLValue(); 4919 case ET_IsRValueExpr: return E->isRValue(); 4920 } 4921 llvm_unreachable("Expression trait not covered by switch"); 4922 } 4923 4924 ExprResult Sema::BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET, 4925 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4926 Expr *Queried, 4927 SourceLocation RParen) { 4928 if (Queried->isTypeDependent()) { 4929 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions. 4930 } else if (Queried->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) { 4931 ExprResult PE = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Queried); 4932 if (PE.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 4933 return BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, PE.get(), RParen); 4934 } 4935 4936 bool Value = EvaluateExpressionTrait(ET, Queried); 4937 4938 return new (Context) 4939 ExpressionTraitExpr(KWLoc, ET, Queried, Value, RParen, Context.BoolTy); 4940 } 4941 4942 QualType Sema::CheckPointerToMemberOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 4943 ExprValueKind &VK, 4944 SourceLocation Loc, 4945 bool isIndirect) { 4946 assert(!LHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() && 4947 !RHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() && 4948 "placeholders should have been weeded out by now"); 4949 4950 // The LHS undergoes lvalue conversions if this is ->*. 4951 if (isIndirect) { 4952 LHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(LHS.get()); 4953 if (LHS.isInvalid()) return QualType(); 4954 } 4955 4956 // The RHS always undergoes lvalue conversions. 4957 RHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(RHS.get()); 4958 if (RHS.isInvalid()) return QualType(); 4959 4960 const char *OpSpelling = isIndirect ? "->*" : ".*"; 4961 // C++ 5.5p2 4962 // The binary operator .* [p3: ->*] binds its second operand, which shall 4963 // be of type "pointer to member of T" (where T is a completely-defined 4964 // class type) [...] 4965 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType(); 4966 const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = RHSType->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); 4967 if (!MemPtr) { 4968 Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_rhs) 4969 << OpSpelling << RHSType << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 4970 return QualType(); 4971 } 4972 4973 QualType Class(MemPtr->getClass(), 0); 4974 4975 // Note: C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p2-3 says that the class type into which the 4976 // member pointer points must be completely-defined. However, there is no 4977 // reason for this semantic distinction, and the rule is not enforced by 4978 // other compilers. Therefore, we do not check this property, as it is 4979 // likely to be considered a defect. 4980 4981 // C++ 5.5p2 4982 // [...] to its first operand, which shall be of class T or of a class of 4983 // which T is an unambiguous and accessible base class. [p3: a pointer to 4984 // such a class] 4985 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType(); 4986 if (isIndirect) { 4987 if (const PointerType *Ptr = LHSType->getAs<PointerType>()) 4988 LHSType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 4989 else { 4990 Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs) 4991 << OpSpelling << 1 << LHSType 4992 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ".*"); 4993 return QualType(); 4994 } 4995 } 4996 4997 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Class, LHSType)) { 4998 // If we want to check the hierarchy, we need a complete type. 4999 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, LHSType, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs, 5000 OpSpelling, (int)isIndirect)) { 5001 return QualType(); 5002 } 5003 5004 if (!IsDerivedFrom(Loc, LHSType, Class)) { 5005 Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs) << OpSpelling 5006 << (int)isIndirect << LHS.get()->getType(); 5007 return QualType(); 5008 } 5009 5010 CXXCastPath BasePath; 5011 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(LHSType, Class, Loc, 5012 SourceRange(LHS.get()->getLocStart(), 5013 RHS.get()->getLocEnd()), 5014 &BasePath)) 5015 return QualType(); 5016 5017 // Cast LHS to type of use. 5018 QualType UseType = isIndirect ? Context.getPointerType(Class) : Class; 5019 ExprValueKind VK = isIndirect ? VK_RValue : LHS.get()->getValueKind(); 5020 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), UseType, CK_DerivedToBase, VK, 5021 &BasePath); 5022 } 5023 5024 if (isa<CXXScalarValueInitExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParens())) { 5025 // Diagnose use of pointer-to-member type which when used as 5026 // the functional cast in a pointer-to-member expression. 5027 Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_type) << isIndirect; 5028 return QualType(); 5029 } 5030 5031 // C++ 5.5p2 5032 // The result is an object or a function of the type specified by the 5033 // second operand. 5034 // The cv qualifiers are the union of those in the pointer and the left side, 5035 // in accordance with 5.5p5 and 5.2.5. 5036 QualType Result = MemPtr->getPointeeType(); 5037 Result = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(Result, LHSType.getCVRQualifiers()); 5038 5039 // C++0x [expr.mptr.oper]p6: 5040 // In a .* expression whose object expression is an rvalue, the program is 5041 // ill-formed if the second operand is a pointer to member function with 5042 // ref-qualifier &. In a ->* expression or in a .* expression whose object 5043 // expression is an lvalue, the program is ill-formed if the second operand 5044 // is a pointer to member function with ref-qualifier &&. 5045 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = Result->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 5046 switch (Proto->getRefQualifier()) { 5047 case RQ_None: 5048 // Do nothing 5049 break; 5050 5051 case RQ_LValue: 5052 if (!isIndirect && !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isLValue()) 5053 Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify) 5054 << RHSType << 1 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5055 break; 5056 5057 case RQ_RValue: 5058 if (isIndirect || !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isRValue()) 5059 Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify) 5060 << RHSType << 0 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5061 break; 5062 } 5063 } 5064 5065 // C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p6: 5066 // The result of a .* expression whose second operand is a pointer 5067 // to a data member is of the same value category as its 5068 // first operand. The result of a .* expression whose second 5069 // operand is a pointer to a member function is a prvalue. The 5070 // result of an ->* expression is an lvalue if its second operand 5071 // is a pointer to data member and a prvalue otherwise. 5072 if (Result->isFunctionType()) { 5073 VK = VK_RValue; 5074 return Context.BoundMemberTy; 5075 } else if (isIndirect) { 5076 VK = VK_LValue; 5077 } else { 5078 VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind(); 5079 } 5080 5081 return Result; 5082 } 5083 5084 /// \brief Try to convert a type to another according to C++11 5.16p3. 5085 /// 5086 /// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either 5087 /// value operand is a class type, the two operands are attempted to be 5088 /// converted to each other. This function does the conversion in one direction. 5089 /// It returns true if the program is ill-formed and has already been diagnosed 5090 /// as such. 5091 static bool TryClassUnification(Sema &Self, Expr *From, Expr *To, 5092 SourceLocation QuestionLoc, 5093 bool &HaveConversion, 5094 QualType &ToType) { 5095 HaveConversion = false; 5096 ToType = To->getType(); 5097 5098 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(To->getLocStart(), 5099 SourceLocation()); 5100 // C++11 5.16p3 5101 // The process for determining whether an operand expression E1 of type T1 5102 // can be converted to match an operand expression E2 of type T2 is defined 5103 // as follows: 5104 // -- If E2 is an lvalue: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be 5105 // implicitly converted to type "lvalue reference to T2", subject to the 5106 // constraint that in the conversion the reference must bind directly to 5107 // an lvalue. 5108 // -- If E2 is an xvalue: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be 5109 // implicitly conveted to the type "rvalue reference to R2", subject to 5110 // the constraint that the reference must bind directly. 5111 if (To->isLValue() || To->isXValue()) { 5112 QualType T = To->isLValue() ? Self.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ToType) 5113 : Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(ToType); 5114 5115 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T); 5116 5117 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 5118 if (InitSeq.isDirectReferenceBinding()) { 5119 ToType = T; 5120 HaveConversion = true; 5121 return false; 5122 } 5123 5124 if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous()) 5125 return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 5126 } 5127 5128 // -- If E2 is an rvalue, or if the conversion above cannot be done: 5129 // -- if E1 and E2 have class type, and the underlying class types are 5130 // the same or one is a base class of the other: 5131 QualType FTy = From->getType(); 5132 QualType TTy = To->getType(); 5133 const RecordType *FRec = FTy->getAs<RecordType>(); 5134 const RecordType *TRec = TTy->getAs<RecordType>(); 5135 bool FDerivedFromT = FRec && TRec && FRec != TRec && 5136 Self.IsDerivedFrom(QuestionLoc, FTy, TTy); 5137 if (FRec && TRec && (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT || 5138 Self.IsDerivedFrom(QuestionLoc, TTy, FTy))) { 5139 // E1 can be converted to match E2 if the class of T2 is the 5140 // same type as, or a base class of, the class of T1, and 5141 // [cv2 > cv1]. 5142 if (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT) { 5143 if (TTy.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FTy)) { 5144 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy); 5145 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 5146 if (InitSeq) { 5147 HaveConversion = true; 5148 return false; 5149 } 5150 5151 if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous()) 5152 return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 5153 } 5154 } 5155 5156 return false; 5157 } 5158 5159 // -- Otherwise: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be 5160 // implicitly converted to the type that expression E2 would have 5161 // if E2 were converted to an rvalue (or the type it has, if E2 is 5162 // an rvalue). 5163 // 5164 // This actually refers very narrowly to the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion, not 5165 // to the array-to-pointer or function-to-pointer conversions. 5166 if (!TTy->getAs<TagType>()) 5167 TTy = TTy.getUnqualifiedType(); 5168 5169 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy); 5170 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 5171 HaveConversion = !InitSeq.Failed(); 5172 ToType = TTy; 5173 if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous()) 5174 return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 5175 5176 return false; 5177 } 5178 5179 /// \brief Try to find a common type for two according to C++0x 5.16p5. 5180 /// 5181 /// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either 5182 /// value operand is a class type, overload resolution is used to find a 5183 /// conversion to a common type. 5184 static bool FindConditionalOverload(Sema &Self, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 5185 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { 5186 Expr *Args[2] = { LHS.get(), RHS.get() }; 5187 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(QuestionLoc, 5188 OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator); 5189 Self.AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OO_Conditional, QuestionLoc, Args, 5190 CandidateSet); 5191 5192 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; 5193 switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(Self, QuestionLoc, Best)) { 5194 case OR_Success: { 5195 // We found a match. Perform the conversions on the arguments and move on. 5196 ExprResult LHSRes = 5197 Self.PerformImplicitConversion(LHS.get(), Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0], 5198 Best->Conversions[0], Sema::AA_Converting); 5199 if (LHSRes.isInvalid()) 5200 break; 5201 LHS = LHSRes; 5202 5203 ExprResult RHSRes = 5204 Self.PerformImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1], 5205 Best->Conversions[1], Sema::AA_Converting); 5206 if (RHSRes.isInvalid()) 5207 break; 5208 RHS = RHSRes; 5209 if (Best->Function) 5210 Self.MarkFunctionReferenced(QuestionLoc, Best->Function); 5211 return false; 5212 } 5213 5214 case OR_No_Viable_Function: 5215 5216 // Emit a better diagnostic if one of the expressions is a null pointer 5217 // constant and the other is a pointer type. In this case, the user most 5218 // likely forgot to take the address of the other expression. 5219 if (Self.DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc)) 5220 return true; 5221 5222 Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) 5223 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() 5224 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5225 return true; 5226 5227 case OR_Ambiguous: 5228 Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous_ovl) 5229 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() 5230 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5231 // FIXME: Print the possible common types by printing the return types of 5232 // the viable candidates. 5233 break; 5234 5235 case OR_Deleted: 5236 llvm_unreachable("Conditional operator has only built-in overloads"); 5237 } 5238 return true; 5239 } 5240 5241 /// \brief Perform an "extended" implicit conversion as returned by 5242 /// TryClassUnification. 5243 static bool ConvertForConditional(Sema &Self, ExprResult &E, QualType T) { 5244 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T); 5245 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(E.get()->getLocStart(), 5246 SourceLocation()); 5247 Expr *Arg = E.get(); 5248 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, Arg); 5249 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(Self, Entity, Kind, Arg); 5250 if (Result.isInvalid()) 5251 return true; 5252 5253 E = Result; 5254 return false; 5255 } 5256 5257 /// \brief Check the operands of ?: under C++ semantics. 5258 /// 5259 /// See C++ [expr.cond]. Note that LHS is never null, even for the GNU x ?: y 5260 /// extension. In this case, LHS == Cond. (But they're not aliases.) 5261 QualType Sema::CXXCheckConditionalOperands(ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, 5262 ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, 5263 ExprObjectKind &OK, 5264 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { 5265 // FIXME: Handle C99's complex types, vector types, block pointers and Obj-C++ 5266 // interface pointers. 5267 5268 // C++11 [expr.cond]p1 5269 // The first expression is contextually converted to bool. 5270 if (!Cond.get()->isTypeDependent()) { 5271 ExprResult CondRes = CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Cond.get()); 5272 if (CondRes.isInvalid()) 5273 return QualType(); 5274 Cond = CondRes; 5275 } 5276 5277 // Assume r-value. 5278 VK = VK_RValue; 5279 OK = OK_Ordinary; 5280 5281 // Either of the arguments dependent? 5282 if (LHS.get()->isTypeDependent() || RHS.get()->isTypeDependent()) 5283 return Context.DependentTy; 5284 5285 // C++11 [expr.cond]p2 5286 // If either the second or the third operand has type (cv) void, ... 5287 QualType LTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 5288 QualType RTy = RHS.get()->getType(); 5289 bool LVoid = LTy->isVoidType(); 5290 bool RVoid = RTy->isVoidType(); 5291 if (LVoid || RVoid) { 5292 // ... one of the following shall hold: 5293 // -- The second or the third operand (but not both) is a (possibly 5294 // parenthesized) throw-expression; the result is of the type 5295 // and value category of the other. 5296 bool LThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 5297 bool RThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 5298 if (LThrow != RThrow) { 5299 Expr *NonThrow = LThrow ? RHS.get() : LHS.get(); 5300 VK = NonThrow->getValueKind(); 5301 // DR (no number yet): the result is a bit-field if the 5302 // non-throw-expression operand is a bit-field. 5303 OK = NonThrow->getObjectKind(); 5304 return NonThrow->getType(); 5305 } 5306 5307 // -- Both the second and third operands have type void; the result is of 5308 // type void and is a prvalue. 5309 if (LVoid && RVoid) 5310 return Context.VoidTy; 5311 5312 // Neither holds, error. 5313 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_void_nonvoid) 5314 << (LVoid ? RTy : LTy) << (LVoid ? 0 : 1) 5315 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5316 return QualType(); 5317 } 5318 5319 // Neither is void. 5320 5321 // C++11 [expr.cond]p3 5322 // Otherwise, if the second and third operand have different types, and 5323 // either has (cv) class type [...] an attempt is made to convert each of 5324 // those operands to the type of the other. 5325 if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) && 5326 (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) { 5327 // These return true if a single direction is already ambiguous. 5328 QualType L2RType, R2LType; 5329 bool HaveL2R, HaveR2L; 5330 if (TryClassUnification(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveL2R, L2RType)) 5331 return QualType(); 5332 if (TryClassUnification(*this, RHS.get(), LHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveR2L, R2LType)) 5333 return QualType(); 5334 5335 // If both can be converted, [...] the program is ill-formed. 5336 if (HaveL2R && HaveR2L) { 5337 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous) 5338 << LTy << RTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5339 return QualType(); 5340 } 5341 5342 // If exactly one conversion is possible, that conversion is applied to 5343 // the chosen operand and the converted operands are used in place of the 5344 // original operands for the remainder of this section. 5345 if (HaveL2R) { 5346 if (ConvertForConditional(*this, LHS, L2RType) || LHS.isInvalid()) 5347 return QualType(); 5348 LTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 5349 } else if (HaveR2L) { 5350 if (ConvertForConditional(*this, RHS, R2LType) || RHS.isInvalid()) 5351 return QualType(); 5352 RTy = RHS.get()->getType(); 5353 } 5354 } 5355 5356 // C++11 [expr.cond]p3 5357 // if both are glvalues of the same value category and the same type except 5358 // for cv-qualification, an attempt is made to convert each of those 5359 // operands to the type of the other. 5360 ExprValueKind LVK = LHS.get()->getValueKind(); 5361 ExprValueKind RVK = RHS.get()->getValueKind(); 5362 if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) && 5363 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LTy, RTy) && 5364 LVK == RVK && LVK != VK_RValue) { 5365 // Since the unqualified types are reference-related and we require the 5366 // result to be as if a reference bound directly, the only conversion 5367 // we can perform is to add cv-qualifiers. 5368 Qualifiers LCVR = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(LTy.getCVRQualifiers()); 5369 Qualifiers RCVR = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(RTy.getCVRQualifiers()); 5370 if (RCVR.isStrictSupersetOf(LCVR)) { 5371 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RTy, CK_NoOp, LVK); 5372 LTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 5373 } 5374 else if (LCVR.isStrictSupersetOf(RCVR)) { 5375 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LTy, CK_NoOp, RVK); 5376 RTy = RHS.get()->getType(); 5377 } 5378 } 5379 5380 // C++11 [expr.cond]p4 5381 // If the second and third operands are glvalues of the same value 5382 // category and have the same type, the result is of that type and 5383 // value category and it is a bit-field if the second or the third 5384 // operand is a bit-field, or if both are bit-fields. 5385 // We only extend this to bitfields, not to the crazy other kinds of 5386 // l-values. 5387 bool Same = Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy); 5388 if (Same && LVK == RVK && LVK != VK_RValue && 5389 LHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject() && 5390 RHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject()) { 5391 VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind(); 5392 if (LHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField || 5393 RHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField) 5394 OK = OK_BitField; 5395 return LTy; 5396 } 5397 5398 // C++11 [expr.cond]p5 5399 // Otherwise, the result is a prvalue. If the second and third operands 5400 // do not have the same type, and either has (cv) class type, ... 5401 if (!Same && (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) { 5402 // ... overload resolution is used to determine the conversions (if any) 5403 // to be applied to the operands. If the overload resolution fails, the 5404 // program is ill-formed. 5405 if (FindConditionalOverload(*this, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc)) 5406 return QualType(); 5407 } 5408 5409 // C++11 [expr.cond]p6 5410 // Lvalue-to-rvalue, array-to-pointer, and function-to-pointer standard 5411 // conversions are performed on the second and third operands. 5412 LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.get()); 5413 RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get()); 5414 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) 5415 return QualType(); 5416 LTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 5417 RTy = RHS.get()->getType(); 5418 5419 // After those conversions, one of the following shall hold: 5420 // -- The second and third operands have the same type; the result 5421 // is of that type. If the operands have class type, the result 5422 // is a prvalue temporary of the result type, which is 5423 // copy-initialized from either the second operand or the third 5424 // operand depending on the value of the first operand. 5425 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RTy)) { 5426 if (LTy->isRecordType()) { 5427 // The operands have class type. Make a temporary copy. 5428 if (RequireNonAbstractType(QuestionLoc, LTy, 5429 diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type)) 5430 return QualType(); 5431 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(LTy); 5432 5433 ExprResult LHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, 5434 SourceLocation(), 5435 LHS); 5436 if (LHSCopy.isInvalid()) 5437 return QualType(); 5438 5439 ExprResult RHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, 5440 SourceLocation(), 5441 RHS); 5442 if (RHSCopy.isInvalid()) 5443 return QualType(); 5444 5445 LHS = LHSCopy; 5446 RHS = RHSCopy; 5447 } 5448 5449 return LTy; 5450 } 5451 5452 // Extension: conditional operator involving vector types. 5453 if (LTy->isVectorType() || RTy->isVectorType()) 5454 return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, /*isCompAssign*/false, 5455 /*AllowBothBool*/true, 5456 /*AllowBoolConversions*/false); 5457 5458 // -- The second and third operands have arithmetic or enumeration type; 5459 // the usual arithmetic conversions are performed to bring them to a 5460 // common type, and the result is of that type. 5461 if (LTy->isArithmeticType() && RTy->isArithmeticType()) { 5462 QualType ResTy = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS); 5463 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) 5464 return QualType(); 5465 if (ResTy.isNull()) { 5466 Diag(QuestionLoc, 5467 diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) << LTy << RTy 5468 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5469 return QualType(); 5470 } 5471 5472 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(LHS, ResTy)); 5473 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(RHS, ResTy)); 5474 5475 return ResTy; 5476 } 5477 5478 // -- The second and third operands have pointer type, or one has pointer 5479 // type and the other is a null pointer constant, or both are null 5480 // pointer constants, at least one of which is non-integral; pointer 5481 // conversions and qualification conversions are performed to bring them 5482 // to their composite pointer type. The result is of the composite 5483 // pointer type. 5484 // -- The second and third operands have pointer to member type, or one has 5485 // pointer to member type and the other is a null pointer constant; 5486 // pointer to member conversions and qualification conversions are 5487 // performed to bring them to a common type, whose cv-qualification 5488 // shall match the cv-qualification of either the second or the third 5489 // operand. The result is of the common type. 5490 bool NonStandardCompositeType = false; 5491 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS, 5492 isSFINAEContext() ? nullptr 5493 : &NonStandardCompositeType); 5494 if (!Composite.isNull()) { 5495 if (NonStandardCompositeType) 5496 Diag(QuestionLoc, 5497 diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands_nonstandard) 5498 << LTy << RTy << Composite 5499 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5500 5501 return Composite; 5502 } 5503 5504 // Similarly, attempt to find composite type of two objective-c pointers. 5505 Composite = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc); 5506 if (!Composite.isNull()) 5507 return Composite; 5508 5509 // Check if we are using a null with a non-pointer type. 5510 if (DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc)) 5511 return QualType(); 5512 5513 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) 5514 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() 5515 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5516 return QualType(); 5517 } 5518 5519 /// \brief Find a merged pointer type and convert the two expressions to it. 5520 /// 5521 /// This finds the composite pointer type (or member pointer type) for @p E1 5522 /// and @p E2 according to C++11 5.9p2. It converts both expressions to this 5523 /// type and returns it. 5524 /// It does not emit diagnostics. 5525 /// 5526 /// \param Loc The location of the operator requiring these two expressions to 5527 /// be converted to the composite pointer type. 5528 /// 5529 /// If \p NonStandardCompositeType is non-NULL, then we are permitted to find 5530 /// a non-standard (but still sane) composite type to which both expressions 5531 /// can be converted. When such a type is chosen, \c *NonStandardCompositeType 5532 /// will be set true. 5533 QualType Sema::FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, 5534 Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, 5535 bool *NonStandardCompositeType) { 5536 if (NonStandardCompositeType) 5537 *NonStandardCompositeType = false; 5538 5539 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "This function assumes C++"); 5540 QualType T1 = E1->getType(), T2 = E2->getType(); 5541 5542 // C++11 5.9p2 5543 // Pointer conversions and qualification conversions are performed on 5544 // pointer operands to bring them to their composite pointer type. If 5545 // one operand is a null pointer constant, the composite pointer type is 5546 // std::nullptr_t if the other operand is also a null pointer constant or, 5547 // if the other operand is a pointer, the type of the other operand. 5548 if (!T1->isAnyPointerType() && !T1->isMemberPointerType() && 5549 !T2->isAnyPointerType() && !T2->isMemberPointerType()) { 5550 if (T1->isNullPtrType() && 5551 E2->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 5552 E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToPointer).get(); 5553 return T1; 5554 } 5555 if (T2->isNullPtrType() && 5556 E1->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 5557 E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToPointer).get(); 5558 return T2; 5559 } 5560 return QualType(); 5561 } 5562 5563 if (E1->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 5564 if (T2->isMemberPointerType()) 5565 E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToMemberPointer).get(); 5566 else 5567 E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToPointer).get(); 5568 return T2; 5569 } 5570 if (E2->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 5571 if (T1->isMemberPointerType()) 5572 E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToMemberPointer).get(); 5573 else 5574 E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToPointer).get(); 5575 return T1; 5576 } 5577 5578 // Now both have to be pointers or member pointers. 5579 if ((!T1->isPointerType() && !T1->isMemberPointerType()) || 5580 (!T2->isPointerType() && !T2->isMemberPointerType())) 5581 return QualType(); 5582 5583 // Otherwise, of one of the operands has type "pointer to cv1 void," then 5584 // the other has type "pointer to cv2 T" and the composite pointer type is 5585 // "pointer to cv12 void," where cv12 is the union of cv1 and cv2. 5586 // Otherwise, the composite pointer type is a pointer type similar to the 5587 // type of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature that is 5588 // the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand types. 5589 // In practice, the first part here is redundant; it's subsumed by the second. 5590 // What we do here is, we build the two possible composite types, and try the 5591 // conversions in both directions. If only one works, or if the two composite 5592 // types are the same, we have succeeded. 5593 // FIXME: extended qualifiers? 5594 typedef SmallVector<unsigned, 4> QualifierVector; 5595 QualifierVector QualifierUnion; 5596 typedef SmallVector<std::pair<const Type *, const Type *>, 4> 5597 ContainingClassVector; 5598 ContainingClassVector MemberOfClass; 5599 QualType Composite1 = Context.getCanonicalType(T1), 5600 Composite2 = Context.getCanonicalType(T2); 5601 unsigned NeedConstBefore = 0; 5602 do { 5603 const PointerType *Ptr1, *Ptr2; 5604 if ((Ptr1 = Composite1->getAs<PointerType>()) && 5605 (Ptr2 = Composite2->getAs<PointerType>())) { 5606 Composite1 = Ptr1->getPointeeType(); 5607 Composite2 = Ptr2->getPointeeType(); 5608 5609 // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track 5610 // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers. 5611 if (NonStandardCompositeType && 5612 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers()) 5613 NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size(); 5614 5615 QualifierUnion.push_back( 5616 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers()); 5617 MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair(nullptr, nullptr)); 5618 continue; 5619 } 5620 5621 const MemberPointerType *MemPtr1, *MemPtr2; 5622 if ((MemPtr1 = Composite1->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) && 5623 (MemPtr2 = Composite2->getAs<MemberPointerType>())) { 5624 Composite1 = MemPtr1->getPointeeType(); 5625 Composite2 = MemPtr2->getPointeeType(); 5626 5627 // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track 5628 // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers. 5629 if (NonStandardCompositeType && 5630 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers()) 5631 NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size(); 5632 5633 QualifierUnion.push_back( 5634 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers()); 5635 MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair(MemPtr1->getClass(), 5636 MemPtr2->getClass())); 5637 continue; 5638 } 5639 5640 // FIXME: block pointer types? 5641 5642 // Cannot unwrap any more types. 5643 break; 5644 } while (true); 5645 5646 if (NeedConstBefore && NonStandardCompositeType) { 5647 // Extension: Add 'const' to qualifiers that come before the first qualifier 5648 // mismatch, so that our (non-standard!) composite type meets the 5649 // requirements of C++ [conv.qual]p4 bullet 3. 5650 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NeedConstBefore; ++I) { 5651 if ((QualifierUnion[I] & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 5652 QualifierUnion[I] = QualifierUnion[I] | Qualifiers::Const; 5653 *NonStandardCompositeType = true; 5654 } 5655 } 5656 } 5657 5658 // Rewrap the composites as pointers or member pointers with the union CVRs. 5659 ContainingClassVector::reverse_iterator MOC 5660 = MemberOfClass.rbegin(); 5661 for (QualifierVector::reverse_iterator 5662 I = QualifierUnion.rbegin(), 5663 E = QualifierUnion.rend(); 5664 I != E; (void)++I, ++MOC) { 5665 Qualifiers Quals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(*I); 5666 if (MOC->first && MOC->second) { 5667 // Rebuild member pointer type 5668 Composite1 = Context.getMemberPointerType( 5669 Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals), 5670 MOC->first); 5671 Composite2 = Context.getMemberPointerType( 5672 Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals), 5673 MOC->second); 5674 } else { 5675 // Rebuild pointer type 5676 Composite1 5677 = Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals)); 5678 Composite2 5679 = Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals)); 5680 } 5681 } 5682 5683 // Try to convert to the first composite pointer type. 5684 InitializedEntity Entity1 5685 = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite1); 5686 InitializationKind Kind 5687 = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Loc, SourceLocation()); 5688 InitializationSequence E1ToC1(*this, Entity1, Kind, E1); 5689 InitializationSequence E2ToC1(*this, Entity1, Kind, E2); 5690 5691 if (E1ToC1 && E2ToC1) { 5692 // Conversion to Composite1 is viable. 5693 if (!Context.hasSameType(Composite1, Composite2)) { 5694 // Composite2 is a different type from Composite1. Check whether 5695 // Composite2 is also viable. 5696 InitializedEntity Entity2 5697 = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite2); 5698 InitializationSequence E1ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E1); 5699 InitializationSequence E2ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E2); 5700 if (E1ToC2 && E2ToC2) { 5701 // Both Composite1 and Composite2 are viable and are different; 5702 // this is an ambiguity. 5703 return QualType(); 5704 } 5705 } 5706 5707 // Convert E1 to Composite1 5708 ExprResult E1Result 5709 = E1ToC1.Perform(*this, Entity1, Kind, E1); 5710 if (E1Result.isInvalid()) 5711 return QualType(); 5712 E1 = E1Result.getAs<Expr>(); 5713 5714 // Convert E2 to Composite1 5715 ExprResult E2Result 5716 = E2ToC1.Perform(*this, Entity1, Kind, E2); 5717 if (E2Result.isInvalid()) 5718 return QualType(); 5719 E2 = E2Result.getAs<Expr>(); 5720 5721 return Composite1; 5722 } 5723 5724 // Check whether Composite2 is viable. 5725 InitializedEntity Entity2 5726 = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite2); 5727 InitializationSequence E1ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E1); 5728 InitializationSequence E2ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E2); 5729 if (!E1ToC2 || !E2ToC2) 5730 return QualType(); 5731 5732 // Convert E1 to Composite2 5733 ExprResult E1Result 5734 = E1ToC2.Perform(*this, Entity2, Kind, E1); 5735 if (E1Result.isInvalid()) 5736 return QualType(); 5737 E1 = E1Result.getAs<Expr>(); 5738 5739 // Convert E2 to Composite2 5740 ExprResult E2Result 5741 = E2ToC2.Perform(*this, Entity2, Kind, E2); 5742 if (E2Result.isInvalid()) 5743 return QualType(); 5744 E2 = E2Result.getAs<Expr>(); 5745 5746 return Composite2; 5747 } 5748 5749 ExprResult Sema::MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E) { 5750 if (!E) 5751 return ExprError(); 5752 5753 assert(!isa<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E) && "Double-bound temporary?"); 5754 5755 // If the result is a glvalue, we shouldn't bind it. 5756 if (!E->isRValue()) 5757 return E; 5758 5759 // In ARC, calls that return a retainable type can return retained, 5760 // in which case we have to insert a consuming cast. 5761 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 5762 E->getType()->isObjCRetainableType()) { 5763 5764 bool ReturnsRetained; 5765 5766 // For actual calls, we compute this by examining the type of the 5767 // called value. 5768 if (CallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) { 5769 Expr *Callee = Call->getCallee()->IgnoreParens(); 5770 QualType T = Callee->getType(); 5771 5772 if (T == Context.BoundMemberTy) { 5773 // Handle pointer-to-members. 5774 if (BinaryOperator *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Callee)) 5775 T = BinOp->getRHS()->getType(); 5776 else if (MemberExpr *Mem = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Callee)) 5777 T = Mem->getMemberDecl()->getType(); 5778 } 5779 5780 if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) 5781 T = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 5782 else if (const BlockPointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) 5783 T = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 5784 else if (const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) 5785 T = MemPtr->getPointeeType(); 5786 5787 const FunctionType *FTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>(); 5788 assert(FTy && "call to value not of function type?"); 5789 ReturnsRetained = FTy->getExtInfo().getProducesResult(); 5790 5791 // ActOnStmtExpr arranges things so that StmtExprs of retainable 5792 // type always produce a +1 object. 5793 } else if (isa<StmtExpr>(E)) { 5794 ReturnsRetained = true; 5795 5796 // We hit this case with the lambda conversion-to-block optimization; 5797 // we don't want any extra casts here. 5798 } else if (isa<CastExpr>(E) && 5799 isa<BlockExpr>(cast<CastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr())) { 5800 return E; 5801 5802 // For message sends and property references, we try to find an 5803 // actual method. FIXME: we should infer retention by selector in 5804 // cases where we don't have an actual method. 5805 } else { 5806 ObjCMethodDecl *D = nullptr; 5807 if (ObjCMessageExpr *Send = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E)) { 5808 D = Send->getMethodDecl(); 5809 } else if (ObjCBoxedExpr *BoxedExpr = dyn_cast<ObjCBoxedExpr>(E)) { 5810 D = BoxedExpr->getBoxingMethod(); 5811 } else if (ObjCArrayLiteral *ArrayLit = dyn_cast<ObjCArrayLiteral>(E)) { 5812 D = ArrayLit->getArrayWithObjectsMethod(); 5813 } else if (ObjCDictionaryLiteral *DictLit 5814 = dyn_cast<ObjCDictionaryLiteral>(E)) { 5815 D = DictLit->getDictWithObjectsMethod(); 5816 } 5817 5818 ReturnsRetained = (D && D->hasAttr<NSReturnsRetainedAttr>()); 5819 5820 // Don't do reclaims on performSelector calls; despite their 5821 // return type, the invoked method doesn't necessarily actually 5822 // return an object. 5823 if (!ReturnsRetained && 5824 D && D->getMethodFamily() == OMF_performSelector) 5825 return E; 5826 } 5827 5828 // Don't reclaim an object of Class type. 5829 if (!ReturnsRetained && E->getType()->isObjCARCImplicitlyUnretainedType()) 5830 return E; 5831 5832 Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true); 5833 5834 CastKind ck = (ReturnsRetained ? CK_ARCConsumeObject 5835 : CK_ARCReclaimReturnedObject); 5836 return ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, E->getType(), ck, E, nullptr, 5837 VK_RValue); 5838 } 5839 5840 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 5841 return E; 5842 5843 // Search for the base element type (cf. ASTContext::getBaseElementType) with 5844 // a fast path for the common case that the type is directly a RecordType. 5845 const Type *T = Context.getCanonicalType(E->getType().getTypePtr()); 5846 const RecordType *RT = nullptr; 5847 while (!RT) { 5848 switch (T->getTypeClass()) { 5849 case Type::Record: 5850 RT = cast<RecordType>(T); 5851 break; 5852 case Type::ConstantArray: 5853 case Type::IncompleteArray: 5854 case Type::VariableArray: 5855 case Type::DependentSizedArray: 5856 T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType().getTypePtr(); 5857 break; 5858 default: 5859 return E; 5860 } 5861 } 5862 5863 // That should be enough to guarantee that this type is complete, if we're 5864 // not processing a decltype expression. 5865 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 5866 if (RD->isInvalidDecl() || RD->isDependentContext()) 5867 return E; 5868 5869 bool IsDecltype = ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype; 5870 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = IsDecltype ? nullptr : LookupDestructor(RD); 5871 5872 if (Destructor) { 5873 MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor); 5874 CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor, 5875 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp) 5876 << E->getType()); 5877 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, E->getExprLoc())) 5878 return ExprError(); 5879 5880 // If destructor is trivial, we can avoid the extra copy. 5881 if (Destructor->isTrivial()) 5882 return E; 5883 5884 // We need a cleanup, but we don't need to remember the temporary. 5885 Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true); 5886 } 5887 5888 CXXTemporary *Temp = CXXTemporary::Create(Context, Destructor); 5889 CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Bind = CXXBindTemporaryExpr::Create(Context, Temp, E); 5890 5891 if (IsDecltype) 5892 ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds.push_back(Bind); 5893 5894 return Bind; 5895 } 5896 5897 ExprResult 5898 Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr) { 5899 if (SubExpr.isInvalid()) 5900 return ExprError(); 5901 5902 return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(SubExpr.get()); 5903 } 5904 5905 Expr *Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr) { 5906 assert(SubExpr && "subexpression can't be null!"); 5907 5908 CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 5909 5910 unsigned FirstCleanup = ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects; 5911 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() >= FirstCleanup); 5912 assert(Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() || 5913 ExprCleanupObjects.size() == FirstCleanup); 5914 if (!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups()) 5915 return SubExpr; 5916 5917 auto Cleanups = llvm::makeArrayRef(ExprCleanupObjects.begin() + FirstCleanup, 5918 ExprCleanupObjects.size() - FirstCleanup); 5919 5920 auto *E = ExprWithCleanups::Create( 5921 Context, SubExpr, Cleanup.cleanupsHaveSideEffects(), Cleanups); 5922 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 5923 5924 return E; 5925 } 5926 5927 Stmt *Sema::MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt) { 5928 assert(SubStmt && "sub-statement can't be null!"); 5929 5930 CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 5931 5932 if (!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups()) 5933 return SubStmt; 5934 5935 // FIXME: In order to attach the temporaries, wrap the statement into 5936 // a StmtExpr; currently this is only used for asm statements. 5937 // This is hacky, either create a new CXXStmtWithTemporaries statement or 5938 // a new AsmStmtWithTemporaries. 5939 CompoundStmt *CompStmt = new (Context) CompoundStmt(Context, SubStmt, 5940 SourceLocation(), 5941 SourceLocation()); 5942 Expr *E = new (Context) StmtExpr(CompStmt, Context.VoidTy, SourceLocation(), 5943 SourceLocation()); 5944 return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(E); 5945 } 5946 5947 /// Process the expression contained within a decltype. For such expressions, 5948 /// certain semantic checks on temporaries are delayed until this point, and 5949 /// are omitted for the 'topmost' call in the decltype expression. If the 5950 /// topmost call bound a temporary, strip that temporary off the expression. 5951 ExprResult Sema::ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E) { 5952 assert(ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype && "not in a decltype expression"); 5953 5954 // C++11 [expr.call]p11: 5955 // If a function call is a prvalue of object type, 5956 // -- if the function call is either 5957 // -- the operand of a decltype-specifier, or 5958 // -- the right operand of a comma operator that is the operand of a 5959 // decltype-specifier, 5960 // a temporary object is not introduced for the prvalue. 5961 5962 // Recursively rebuild ParenExprs and comma expressions to strip out the 5963 // outermost CXXBindTemporaryExpr, if any. 5964 if (ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E)) { 5965 ExprResult SubExpr = ActOnDecltypeExpression(PE->getSubExpr()); 5966 if (SubExpr.isInvalid()) 5967 return ExprError(); 5968 if (SubExpr.get() == PE->getSubExpr()) 5969 return E; 5970 return ActOnParenExpr(PE->getLParen(), PE->getRParen(), SubExpr.get()); 5971 } 5972 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 5973 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 5974 ExprResult RHS = ActOnDecltypeExpression(BO->getRHS()); 5975 if (RHS.isInvalid()) 5976 return ExprError(); 5977 if (RHS.get() == BO->getRHS()) 5978 return E; 5979 return new (Context) BinaryOperator( 5980 BO->getLHS(), RHS.get(), BO_Comma, BO->getType(), BO->getValueKind(), 5981 BO->getObjectKind(), BO->getOperatorLoc(), BO->isFPContractable()); 5982 } 5983 } 5984 5985 CXXBindTemporaryExpr *TopBind = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E); 5986 CallExpr *TopCall = TopBind ? dyn_cast<CallExpr>(TopBind->getSubExpr()) 5987 : nullptr; 5988 if (TopCall) 5989 E = TopCall; 5990 else 5991 TopBind = nullptr; 5992 5993 // Disable the special decltype handling now. 5994 ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype = false; 5995 5996 // In MS mode, don't perform any extra checking of call return types within a 5997 // decltype expression. 5998 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 5999 return E; 6000 6001 // Perform the semantic checks we delayed until this point. 6002 for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls.size(); 6003 I != N; ++I) { 6004 CallExpr *Call = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls[I]; 6005 if (Call == TopCall) 6006 continue; 6007 6008 if (CheckCallReturnType(Call->getCallReturnType(Context), 6009 Call->getLocStart(), 6010 Call, Call->getDirectCallee())) 6011 return ExprError(); 6012 } 6013 6014 // Now all relevant types are complete, check the destructors are accessible 6015 // and non-deleted, and annotate them on the temporaries. 6016 for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds.size(); 6017 I != N; ++I) { 6018 CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Bind = 6019 ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds[I]; 6020 if (Bind == TopBind) 6021 continue; 6022 6023 CXXTemporary *Temp = Bind->getTemporary(); 6024 6025 CXXRecordDecl *RD = 6026 Bind->getType()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 6027 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD); 6028 Temp->setDestructor(Destructor); 6029 6030 MarkFunctionReferenced(Bind->getExprLoc(), Destructor); 6031 CheckDestructorAccess(Bind->getExprLoc(), Destructor, 6032 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp) 6033 << Bind->getType()); 6034 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, Bind->getExprLoc())) 6035 return ExprError(); 6036 6037 // We need a cleanup, but we don't need to remember the temporary. 6038 Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true); 6039 } 6040 6041 // Possibly strip off the top CXXBindTemporaryExpr. 6042 return E; 6043 } 6044 6045 /// Note a set of 'operator->' functions that were used for a member access. 6046 static void noteOperatorArrows(Sema &S, 6047 ArrayRef<FunctionDecl *> OperatorArrows) { 6048 unsigned SkipStart = OperatorArrows.size(), SkipCount = 0; 6049 // FIXME: Make this configurable? 6050 unsigned Limit = 9; 6051 if (OperatorArrows.size() > Limit) { 6052 // Produce Limit-1 normal notes and one 'skipping' note. 6053 SkipStart = (Limit - 1) / 2 + (Limit - 1) % 2; 6054 SkipCount = OperatorArrows.size() - (Limit - 1); 6055 } 6056 6057 for (unsigned I = 0; I < OperatorArrows.size(); /**/) { 6058 if (I == SkipStart) { 6059 S.Diag(OperatorArrows[I]->getLocation(), 6060 diag::note_operator_arrows_suppressed) 6061 << SkipCount; 6062 I += SkipCount; 6063 } else { 6064 S.Diag(OperatorArrows[I]->getLocation(), diag::note_operator_arrow_here) 6065 << OperatorArrows[I]->getCallResultType(); 6066 ++I; 6067 } 6068 } 6069 } 6070 6071 ExprResult Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 6072 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6073 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 6074 ParsedType &ObjectType, 6075 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor) { 6076 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs. 6077 ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, Base); 6078 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 6079 Base = Result.get(); 6080 6081 Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base); 6082 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 6083 Base = Result.get(); 6084 6085 QualType BaseType = Base->getType(); 6086 MayBePseudoDestructor = false; 6087 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) { 6088 // If we have a pointer to a dependent type and are using the -> operator, 6089 // the object type is the type that the pointer points to. We might still 6090 // have enough information about that type to do something useful. 6091 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) 6092 if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) 6093 BaseType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 6094 6095 ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType); 6096 MayBePseudoDestructor = true; 6097 return Base; 6098 } 6099 6100 // C++ [over.match.oper]p8: 6101 // [...] When operator->returns, the operator-> is applied to the value 6102 // returned, with the original second operand. 6103 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) { 6104 QualType StartingType = BaseType; 6105 bool NoArrowOperatorFound = false; 6106 bool FirstIteration = true; 6107 FunctionDecl *CurFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext); 6108 // The set of types we've considered so far. 6109 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType,8> CTypes; 6110 SmallVector<FunctionDecl*, 8> OperatorArrows; 6111 CTypes.insert(Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType)); 6112 6113 while (BaseType->isRecordType()) { 6114 if (OperatorArrows.size() >= getLangOpts().ArrowDepth) { 6115 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_depth_exceeded) 6116 << StartingType << getLangOpts().ArrowDepth << Base->getSourceRange(); 6117 noteOperatorArrows(*this, OperatorArrows); 6118 Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_operator_arrow_depth) 6119 << getLangOpts().ArrowDepth; 6120 return ExprError(); 6121 } 6122 6123 Result = BuildOverloadedArrowExpr( 6124 S, Base, OpLoc, 6125 // When in a template specialization and on the first loop iteration, 6126 // potentially give the default diagnostic (with the fixit in a 6127 // separate note) instead of having the error reported back to here 6128 // and giving a diagnostic with a fixit attached to the error itself. 6129 (FirstIteration && CurFD && CurFD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 6130 ? nullptr 6131 : &NoArrowOperatorFound); 6132 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 6133 if (NoArrowOperatorFound) { 6134 if (FirstIteration) { 6135 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion) 6136 << BaseType << 1 << Base->getSourceRange() 6137 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "."); 6138 OpKind = tok::period; 6139 break; 6140 } 6141 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow) 6142 << BaseType << Base->getSourceRange(); 6143 CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Base); 6144 if (Decl *CD = (CE ? CE->getCalleeDecl() : nullptr)) { 6145 Diag(CD->getLocStart(), 6146 diag::note_member_reference_arrow_from_operator_arrow); 6147 } 6148 } 6149 return ExprError(); 6150 } 6151 Base = Result.get(); 6152 if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *OpCall = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(Base)) 6153 OperatorArrows.push_back(OpCall->getDirectCallee()); 6154 BaseType = Base->getType(); 6155 CanQualType CBaseType = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType); 6156 if (!CTypes.insert(CBaseType).second) { 6157 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_circular) << StartingType; 6158 noteOperatorArrows(*this, OperatorArrows); 6159 return ExprError(); 6160 } 6161 FirstIteration = false; 6162 } 6163 6164 if (OpKind == tok::arrow && 6165 (BaseType->isPointerType() || BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) 6166 BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType(); 6167 } 6168 6169 // Objective-C properties allow "." access on Objective-C pointer types, 6170 // so adjust the base type to the object type itself. 6171 if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 6172 BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType(); 6173 6174 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2: 6175 // [...] If the type of the object expression is of pointer to scalar 6176 // type, the unqualified-id is looked up in the context of the complete 6177 // postfix-expression. 6178 // 6179 // This also indicates that we could be parsing a pseudo-destructor-name. 6180 // Note that Objective-C class and object types can be pseudo-destructor 6181 // expressions or normal member (ivar or property) access expressions, and 6182 // it's legal for the type to be incomplete if this is a pseudo-destructor 6183 // call. We'll do more incomplete-type checks later in the lookup process, 6184 // so just skip this check for ObjC types. 6185 if (BaseType->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType()) { 6186 ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType); 6187 MayBePseudoDestructor = true; 6188 return Base; 6189 } else if (!BaseType->isRecordType()) { 6190 ObjectType = nullptr; 6191 MayBePseudoDestructor = true; 6192 return Base; 6193 } 6194 6195 // The object type must be complete (or dependent), or 6196 // C++11 [expr.prim.general]p3: 6197 // Unlike the object expression in other contexts, *this is not required to 6198 // be of complete type for purposes of class member access (5.2.5) outside 6199 // the member function body. 6200 if (!BaseType->isDependentType() && 6201 !isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(BaseType) && 6202 RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType, diag::err_incomplete_member_access)) 6203 return ExprError(); 6204 6205 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2: 6206 // If the id-expression in a class member access (5.2.5) is an 6207 // unqualified-id, and the type of the object expression is of a class 6208 // type C (or of pointer to a class type C), the unqualified-id is looked 6209 // up in the scope of class C. [...] 6210 ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType); 6211 return Base; 6212 } 6213 6214 static bool CheckArrow(Sema& S, QualType& ObjectType, Expr *&Base, 6215 tok::TokenKind& OpKind, SourceLocation OpLoc) { 6216 if (Base->hasPlaceholderType()) { 6217 ExprResult result = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base); 6218 if (result.isInvalid()) return true; 6219 Base = result.get(); 6220 } 6221 ObjectType = Base->getType(); 6222 6223 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2: 6224 // The left-hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The 6225 // left-hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar type. 6226 // This scalar type is the object type. 6227 // Note that this is rather different from the normal handling for the 6228 // arrow operator. 6229 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) { 6230 if (const PointerType *Ptr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) { 6231 ObjectType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 6232 } else if (!Base->isTypeDependent()) { 6233 // The user wrote "p->" when they probably meant "p."; fix it. 6234 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion) 6235 << ObjectType << true 6236 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "."); 6237 if (S.isSFINAEContext()) 6238 return true; 6239 6240 OpKind = tok::period; 6241 } 6242 } 6243 6244 return false; 6245 } 6246 6247 ExprResult Sema::BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, 6248 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6249 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 6250 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 6251 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo, 6252 SourceLocation CCLoc, 6253 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 6254 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed) { 6255 TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = Destructed.getTypeSourceInfo(); 6256 6257 QualType ObjectType; 6258 if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc)) 6259 return ExprError(); 6260 6261 if (!ObjectType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isScalarType() && 6262 !ObjectType->isVectorType()) { 6263 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && ObjectType->isVoidType()) 6264 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_pseudo_dtor_on_void) << Base->getSourceRange(); 6265 else { 6266 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar) 6267 << ObjectType << Base->getSourceRange(); 6268 return ExprError(); 6269 } 6270 } 6271 6272 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2: 6273 // [...] The cv-unqualified versions of the object type and of the type 6274 // designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the same type. 6275 if (DestructedTypeInfo) { 6276 QualType DestructedType = DestructedTypeInfo->getType(); 6277 SourceLocation DestructedTypeStart 6278 = DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin(); 6279 if (!DestructedType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType()) { 6280 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DestructedType, ObjectType)) { 6281 Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch) 6282 << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange() 6283 << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange(); 6284 6285 // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type. 6286 DestructedType = ObjectType; 6287 DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType, 6288 DestructedTypeStart); 6289 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo); 6290 } else if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() != 6291 ObjectType.getObjCLifetime()) { 6292 6293 if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 6294 // Okay: just pretend that the user provided the correctly-qualified 6295 // type. 6296 } else { 6297 Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_arc_pseudo_dtor_inconstant_quals) 6298 << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange() 6299 << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange(); 6300 } 6301 6302 // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type. 6303 DestructedType = ObjectType; 6304 DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType, 6305 DestructedTypeStart); 6306 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo); 6307 } 6308 } 6309 } 6310 6311 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2: 6312 // [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of the 6313 // form 6314 // 6315 // ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ~ type-name 6316 // 6317 // shall designate the same scalar type. 6318 if (ScopeTypeInfo) { 6319 QualType ScopeType = ScopeTypeInfo->getType(); 6320 if (!ScopeType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType() && 6321 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ScopeType, ObjectType)) { 6322 6323 Diag(ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin(), 6324 diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch) 6325 << ObjectType << ScopeType << Base->getSourceRange() 6326 << ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange(); 6327 6328 ScopeType = QualType(); 6329 ScopeTypeInfo = nullptr; 6330 } 6331 } 6332 6333 Expr *Result 6334 = new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, Base, 6335 OpKind == tok::arrow, OpLoc, 6336 SS.getWithLocInContext(Context), 6337 ScopeTypeInfo, 6338 CCLoc, 6339 TildeLoc, 6340 Destructed); 6341 6342 return Result; 6343 } 6344 6345 ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 6346 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6347 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 6348 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 6349 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, 6350 SourceLocation CCLoc, 6351 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 6352 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName) { 6353 assert((FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId || 6354 FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) && 6355 "Invalid first type name in pseudo-destructor"); 6356 assert((SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId || 6357 SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) && 6358 "Invalid second type name in pseudo-destructor"); 6359 6360 QualType ObjectType; 6361 if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc)) 6362 return ExprError(); 6363 6364 // Compute the object type that we should use for name lookup purposes. Only 6365 // record types and dependent types matter. 6366 ParsedType ObjectTypePtrForLookup; 6367 if (!SS.isSet()) { 6368 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 6369 ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(ObjectType); 6370 else if (ObjectType->isDependentType()) 6371 ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(Context.DependentTy); 6372 } 6373 6374 // Convert the name of the type being destructed (following the ~) into a 6375 // type (with source-location information). 6376 QualType DestructedType; 6377 TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = nullptr; 6378 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed; 6379 if (SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 6380 ParsedType T = getTypeName(*SecondTypeName.Identifier, 6381 SecondTypeName.StartLocation, 6382 S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup); 6383 if (!T && 6384 ((SS.isSet() && !computeDeclContext(SS, false)) || 6385 (!SS.isSet() && ObjectType->isDependentType()))) { 6386 // The name of the type being destroyed is a dependent name, and we 6387 // couldn't find anything useful in scope. Just store the identifier and 6388 // it's location, and we'll perform (qualified) name lookup again at 6389 // template instantiation time. 6390 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(SecondTypeName.Identifier, 6391 SecondTypeName.StartLocation); 6392 } else if (!T) { 6393 Diag(SecondTypeName.StartLocation, 6394 diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type) 6395 << SecondTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType; 6396 if (isSFINAEContext()) 6397 return ExprError(); 6398 6399 // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along. 6400 DestructedType = ObjectType; 6401 } else 6402 DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &DestructedTypeInfo); 6403 } else { 6404 // Resolve the template-id to a type. 6405 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = SecondTypeName.TemplateId; 6406 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 6407 TemplateId->NumArgs); 6408 TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS, 6409 TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc, 6410 TemplateId->Template, 6411 TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc, 6412 TemplateId->LAngleLoc, 6413 TemplateArgsPtr, 6414 TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 6415 if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) { 6416 // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along. 6417 DestructedType = ObjectType; 6418 } else 6419 DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &DestructedTypeInfo); 6420 } 6421 6422 // If we've performed some kind of recovery, (re-)build the type source 6423 // information. 6424 if (!DestructedType.isNull()) { 6425 if (!DestructedTypeInfo) 6426 DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(DestructedType, 6427 SecondTypeName.StartLocation); 6428 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo); 6429 } 6430 6431 // Convert the name of the scope type (the type prior to '::') into a type. 6432 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo = nullptr; 6433 QualType ScopeType; 6434 if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId || 6435 FirstTypeName.Identifier) { 6436 if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 6437 ParsedType T = getTypeName(*FirstTypeName.Identifier, 6438 FirstTypeName.StartLocation, 6439 S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup); 6440 if (!T) { 6441 Diag(FirstTypeName.StartLocation, 6442 diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type) 6443 << FirstTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType; 6444 6445 if (isSFINAEContext()) 6446 return ExprError(); 6447 6448 // Just drop this type. It's unnecessary anyway. 6449 ScopeType = QualType(); 6450 } else 6451 ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &ScopeTypeInfo); 6452 } else { 6453 // Resolve the template-id to a type. 6454 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = FirstTypeName.TemplateId; 6455 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 6456 TemplateId->NumArgs); 6457 TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS, 6458 TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc, 6459 TemplateId->Template, 6460 TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc, 6461 TemplateId->LAngleLoc, 6462 TemplateArgsPtr, 6463 TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 6464 if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) { 6465 // Recover by dropping this type. 6466 ScopeType = QualType(); 6467 } else 6468 ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &ScopeTypeInfo); 6469 } 6470 } 6471 6472 if (!ScopeType.isNull() && !ScopeTypeInfo) 6473 ScopeTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ScopeType, 6474 FirstTypeName.StartLocation); 6475 6476 6477 return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, SS, 6478 ScopeTypeInfo, CCLoc, TildeLoc, 6479 Destructed); 6480 } 6481 6482 ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 6483 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6484 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 6485 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 6486 const DeclSpec& DS) { 6487 QualType ObjectType; 6488 if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc)) 6489 return ExprError(); 6490 6491 QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), 6492 false); 6493 6494 TypeLocBuilder TLB; 6495 DecltypeTypeLoc DecltypeTL = TLB.push<DecltypeTypeLoc>(T); 6496 DecltypeTL.setNameLoc(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 6497 TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = TLB.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T); 6498 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed(DestructedTypeInfo); 6499 6500 return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, CXXScopeSpec(), 6501 nullptr, SourceLocation(), TildeLoc, 6502 Destructed); 6503 } 6504 6505 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *E, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 6506 CXXConversionDecl *Method, 6507 bool HadMultipleCandidates) { 6508 if (Method->getParent()->isLambda() && 6509 Method->getConversionType()->isBlockPointerType()) { 6510 // This is a lambda coversion to block pointer; check if the argument 6511 // is a LambdaExpr. 6512 Expr *SubE = E; 6513 CastExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(SubE); 6514 if (CE && CE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 6515 SubE = CE->getSubExpr(); 6516 SubE = SubE->IgnoreParens(); 6517 if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *BE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(SubE)) 6518 SubE = BE->getSubExpr(); 6519 if (isa<LambdaExpr>(SubE)) { 6520 // For the conversion to block pointer on a lambda expression, we 6521 // construct a special BlockLiteral instead; this doesn't really make 6522 // a difference in ARC, but outside of ARC the resulting block literal 6523 // follows the normal lifetime rules for block literals instead of being 6524 // autoreleased. 6525 DiagnosticErrorTrap Trap(Diags); 6526 PushExpressionEvaluationContext(PotentiallyEvaluated); 6527 ExprResult Exp = BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(E->getExprLoc(), 6528 E->getExprLoc(), 6529 Method, E); 6530 PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 6531 6532 if (Exp.isInvalid()) 6533 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_lambda_to_block_conv); 6534 return Exp; 6535 } 6536 } 6537 6538 ExprResult Exp = PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(E, /*Qualifier=*/nullptr, 6539 FoundDecl, Method); 6540 if (Exp.isInvalid()) 6541 return true; 6542 6543 MemberExpr *ME = new (Context) MemberExpr( 6544 Exp.get(), /*IsArrow=*/false, SourceLocation(), Method, SourceLocation(), 6545 Context.BoundMemberTy, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary); 6546 if (HadMultipleCandidates) 6547 ME->setHadMultipleCandidates(true); 6548 MarkMemberReferenced(ME); 6549 6550 QualType ResultType = Method->getReturnType(); 6551 ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultType); 6552 ResultType = ResultType.getNonLValueExprType(Context); 6553 6554 CXXMemberCallExpr *CE = 6555 new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, ME, None, ResultType, VK, 6556 Exp.get()->getLocEnd()); 6557 return CE; 6558 } 6559 6560 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, 6561 SourceLocation RParen) { 6562 // If the operand is an unresolved lookup expression, the expression is ill- 6563 // formed per [over.over]p1, because overloaded function names cannot be used 6564 // without arguments except in explicit contexts. 6565 ExprResult R = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Operand); 6566 if (R.isInvalid()) 6567 return R; 6568 6569 // The operand may have been modified when checking the placeholder type. 6570 Operand = R.get(); 6571 6572 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && 6573 Operand->HasSideEffects(Context, false)) { 6574 // The expression operand for noexcept is in an unevaluated expression 6575 // context, so side effects could result in unintended consequences. 6576 Diag(Operand->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context); 6577 } 6578 6579 CanThrowResult CanThrow = canThrow(Operand); 6580 return new (Context) 6581 CXXNoexceptExpr(Context.BoolTy, Operand, CanThrow, KeyLoc, RParen); 6582 } 6583 6584 ExprResult Sema::ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation, 6585 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen) { 6586 return BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(KeyLoc, Operand, RParen); 6587 } 6588 6589 static bool IsSpecialDiscardedValue(Expr *E) { 6590 // In C++11, discarded-value expressions of a certain form are special, 6591 // according to [expr]p10: 6592 // The lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (4.1) is applied only if the 6593 // expression is an lvalue of volatile-qualified type and it has 6594 // one of the following forms: 6595 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 6596 6597 // - id-expression (5.1.1), 6598 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E)) 6599 return true; 6600 6601 // - subscripting (5.2.1), 6602 if (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)) 6603 return true; 6604 6605 // - class member access (5.2.5), 6606 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) 6607 return true; 6608 6609 // - indirection (5.3.1), 6610 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) 6611 if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Deref) 6612 return true; 6613 6614 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 6615 // - pointer-to-member operation (5.5), 6616 if (BO->isPtrMemOp()) 6617 return true; 6618 6619 // - comma expression (5.18) where the right operand is one of the above. 6620 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) 6621 return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(BO->getRHS()); 6622 } 6623 6624 // - conditional expression (5.16) where both the second and the third 6625 // operands are one of the above, or 6626 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) 6627 return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(CO->getTrueExpr()) && 6628 IsSpecialDiscardedValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 6629 // The related edge case of "*x ?: *x". 6630 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 6631 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 6632 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(BCO->getTrueExpr())) 6633 return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()) && 6634 IsSpecialDiscardedValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 6635 } 6636 6637 // Objective-C++ extensions to the rule. 6638 if (isa<PseudoObjectExpr>(E) || isa<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E)) 6639 return true; 6640 6641 return false; 6642 } 6643 6644 /// Perform the conversions required for an expression used in a 6645 /// context that ignores the result. 6646 ExprResult Sema::IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E) { 6647 if (E->hasPlaceholderType()) { 6648 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); 6649 if (result.isInvalid()) return E; 6650 E = result.get(); 6651 } 6652 6653 // C99 6.3.2.1: 6654 // [Except in specific positions,] an lvalue that does not have 6655 // array type is converted to the value stored in the 6656 // designated object (and is no longer an lvalue). 6657 if (E->isRValue()) { 6658 // In C, function designators (i.e. expressions of function type) 6659 // are r-values, but we still want to do function-to-pointer decay 6660 // on them. This is both technically correct and convenient for 6661 // some clients. 6662 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && E->getType()->isFunctionType()) 6663 return DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E); 6664 6665 return E; 6666 } 6667 6668 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6669 // The C++11 standard defines the notion of a discarded-value expression; 6670 // normally, we don't need to do anything to handle it, but if it is a 6671 // volatile lvalue with a special form, we perform an lvalue-to-rvalue 6672 // conversion. 6673 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && E->isGLValue() && 6674 E->getType().isVolatileQualified() && 6675 IsSpecialDiscardedValue(E)) { 6676 ExprResult Res = DefaultLvalueConversion(E); 6677 if (Res.isInvalid()) 6678 return E; 6679 E = Res.get(); 6680 } 6681 return E; 6682 } 6683 6684 // GCC seems to also exclude expressions of incomplete enum type. 6685 if (const EnumType *T = E->getType()->getAs<EnumType>()) { 6686 if (!T->getDecl()->isComplete()) { 6687 // FIXME: stupid workaround for a codegen bug! 6688 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid).get(); 6689 return E; 6690 } 6691 } 6692 6693 ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E); 6694 if (Res.isInvalid()) 6695 return E; 6696 E = Res.get(); 6697 6698 if (!E->getType()->isVoidType()) 6699 RequireCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(), E->getType(), 6700 diag::err_incomplete_type); 6701 return E; 6702 } 6703 6704 // If we can unambiguously determine whether Var can never be used 6705 // in a constant expression, return true. 6706 // - if the variable and its initializer are non-dependent, then 6707 // we can unambiguously check if the variable is a constant expression. 6708 // - if the initializer is not value dependent - we can determine whether 6709 // it can be used to initialize a constant expression. If Init can not 6710 // be used to initialize a constant expression we conclude that Var can 6711 // never be a constant expression. 6712 // - FXIME: if the initializer is dependent, we can still do some analysis and 6713 // identify certain cases unambiguously as non-const by using a Visitor: 6714 // - such as those that involve odr-use of a ParmVarDecl, involve a new 6715 // delete, lambda-expr, dynamic-cast, reinterpret-cast etc... 6716 static inline bool VariableCanNeverBeAConstantExpression(VarDecl *Var, 6717 ASTContext &Context) { 6718 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(Var)) return true; 6719 const VarDecl *DefVD = nullptr; 6720 6721 // If there is no initializer - this can not be a constant expression. 6722 if (!Var->getAnyInitializer(DefVD)) return true; 6723 assert(DefVD); 6724 if (DefVD->isWeak()) return false; 6725 EvaluatedStmt *Eval = DefVD->ensureEvaluatedStmt(); 6726 6727 Expr *Init = cast<Expr>(Eval->Value); 6728 6729 if (Var->getType()->isDependentType() || Init->isValueDependent()) { 6730 // FIXME: Teach the constant evaluator to deal with the non-dependent parts 6731 // of value-dependent expressions, and use it here to determine whether the 6732 // initializer is a potential constant expression. 6733 return false; 6734 } 6735 6736 return !IsVariableAConstantExpression(Var, Context); 6737 } 6738 6739 /// \brief Check if the current lambda has any potential captures 6740 /// that must be captured by any of its enclosing lambdas that are ready to 6741 /// capture. If there is a lambda that can capture a nested 6742 /// potential-capture, go ahead and do so. Also, check to see if any 6743 /// variables are uncaptureable or do not involve an odr-use so do not 6744 /// need to be captured. 6745 6746 static void CheckIfAnyEnclosingLambdasMustCaptureAnyPotentialCaptures( 6747 Expr *const FE, LambdaScopeInfo *const CurrentLSI, Sema &S) { 6748 6749 assert(!S.isUnevaluatedContext()); 6750 assert(S.CurContext->isDependentContext()); 6751 assert(CurrentLSI->CallOperator == S.CurContext && 6752 "The current call operator must be synchronized with Sema's CurContext"); 6753 6754 const bool IsFullExprInstantiationDependent = FE->isInstantiationDependent(); 6755 6756 ArrayRef<const FunctionScopeInfo *> FunctionScopesArrayRef( 6757 S.FunctionScopes.data(), S.FunctionScopes.size()); 6758 6759 // All the potentially captureable variables in the current nested 6760 // lambda (within a generic outer lambda), must be captured by an 6761 // outer lambda that is enclosed within a non-dependent context. 6762 const unsigned NumPotentialCaptures = 6763 CurrentLSI->getNumPotentialVariableCaptures(); 6764 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumPotentialCaptures; ++I) { 6765 Expr *VarExpr = nullptr; 6766 VarDecl *Var = nullptr; 6767 CurrentLSI->getPotentialVariableCapture(I, Var, VarExpr); 6768 // If the variable is clearly identified as non-odr-used and the full 6769 // expression is not instantiation dependent, only then do we not 6770 // need to check enclosing lambda's for speculative captures. 6771 // For e.g.: 6772 // Even though 'x' is not odr-used, it should be captured. 6773 // int test() { 6774 // const int x = 10; 6775 // auto L = [=](auto a) { 6776 // (void) +x + a; 6777 // }; 6778 // } 6779 if (CurrentLSI->isVariableExprMarkedAsNonODRUsed(VarExpr) && 6780 !IsFullExprInstantiationDependent) 6781 continue; 6782 6783 // If we have a capture-capable lambda for the variable, go ahead and 6784 // capture the variable in that lambda (and all its enclosing lambdas). 6785 if (const Optional<unsigned> Index = 6786 getStackIndexOfNearestEnclosingCaptureCapableLambda( 6787 FunctionScopesArrayRef, Var, S)) { 6788 const unsigned FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda = Index.getValue(); 6789 MarkVarDeclODRUsed(Var, VarExpr->getExprLoc(), S, 6790 &FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda); 6791 } 6792 const bool IsVarNeverAConstantExpression = 6793 VariableCanNeverBeAConstantExpression(Var, S.Context); 6794 if (!IsFullExprInstantiationDependent || IsVarNeverAConstantExpression) { 6795 // This full expression is not instantiation dependent or the variable 6796 // can not be used in a constant expression - which means 6797 // this variable must be odr-used here, so diagnose a 6798 // capture violation early, if the variable is un-captureable. 6799 // This is purely for diagnosing errors early. Otherwise, this 6800 // error would get diagnosed when the lambda becomes capture ready. 6801 QualType CaptureType, DeclRefType; 6802 SourceLocation ExprLoc = VarExpr->getExprLoc(); 6803 if (S.tryCaptureVariable(Var, ExprLoc, S.TryCapture_Implicit, 6804 /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(), 6805 /*BuildAndDiagnose*/false, CaptureType, 6806 DeclRefType, nullptr)) { 6807 // We will never be able to capture this variable, and we need 6808 // to be able to in any and all instantiations, so diagnose it. 6809 S.tryCaptureVariable(Var, ExprLoc, S.TryCapture_Implicit, 6810 /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(), 6811 /*BuildAndDiagnose*/true, CaptureType, 6812 DeclRefType, nullptr); 6813 } 6814 } 6815 } 6816 6817 // Check if 'this' needs to be captured. 6818 if (CurrentLSI->hasPotentialThisCapture()) { 6819 // If we have a capture-capable lambda for 'this', go ahead and capture 6820 // 'this' in that lambda (and all its enclosing lambdas). 6821 if (const Optional<unsigned> Index = 6822 getStackIndexOfNearestEnclosingCaptureCapableLambda( 6823 FunctionScopesArrayRef, /*0 is 'this'*/ nullptr, S)) { 6824 const unsigned FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda = Index.getValue(); 6825 S.CheckCXXThisCapture(CurrentLSI->PotentialThisCaptureLocation, 6826 /*Explicit*/ false, /*BuildAndDiagnose*/ true, 6827 &FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda); 6828 } 6829 } 6830 6831 // Reset all the potential captures at the end of each full-expression. 6832 CurrentLSI->clearPotentialCaptures(); 6833 } 6834 6835 static ExprResult attemptRecovery(Sema &SemaRef, 6836 const TypoCorrectionConsumer &Consumer, 6837 const TypoCorrection &TC) { 6838 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Consumer.getLookupResult().getLookupNameInfo(), 6839 Consumer.getLookupResult().getLookupKind()); 6840 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = Consumer.getSS(); 6841 CXXScopeSpec NewSS; 6842 6843 // Use an approprate CXXScopeSpec for building the expr. 6844 if (auto *NNS = TC.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 6845 NewSS.MakeTrivial(SemaRef.Context, NNS, TC.getCorrectionRange()); 6846 else if (SS && !TC.WillReplaceSpecifier()) 6847 NewSS = *SS; 6848 6849 if (auto *ND = TC.getFoundDecl()) { 6850 R.setLookupName(ND->getDeclName()); 6851 R.addDecl(ND); 6852 if (ND->isCXXClassMember()) { 6853 // Figure out the correct naming class to add to the LookupResult. 6854 CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 6855 if (auto *NNS = TC.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 6856 Record = NNS->getAsType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 6857 if (!Record) 6858 Record = 6859 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()); 6860 if (Record) 6861 R.setNamingClass(Record); 6862 6863 // Detect and handle the case where the decl might be an implicit 6864 // member. 6865 bool MightBeImplicitMember; 6866 if (!Consumer.isAddressOfOperand()) 6867 MightBeImplicitMember = true; 6868 else if (!NewSS.isEmpty()) 6869 MightBeImplicitMember = false; 6870 else if (R.isOverloadedResult()) 6871 MightBeImplicitMember = false; 6872 else if (R.isUnresolvableResult()) 6873 MightBeImplicitMember = true; 6874 else 6875 MightBeImplicitMember = isa<FieldDecl>(ND) || 6876 isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(ND) || 6877 isa<MSPropertyDecl>(ND); 6878 6879 if (MightBeImplicitMember) 6880 return SemaRef.BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr( 6881 NewSS, /*TemplateKWLoc*/ SourceLocation(), R, 6882 /*TemplateArgs*/ nullptr, /*S*/ nullptr); 6883 } else if (auto *Ivar = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ND)) { 6884 return SemaRef.LookupInObjCMethod(R, Consumer.getScope(), 6885 Ivar->getIdentifier()); 6886 } 6887 } 6888 6889 return SemaRef.BuildDeclarationNameExpr(NewSS, R, /*NeedsADL*/ false, 6890 /*AcceptInvalidDecl*/ true); 6891 } 6892 6893 namespace { 6894 class FindTypoExprs : public RecursiveASTVisitor<FindTypoExprs> { 6895 llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> &TypoExprs; 6896 6897 public: 6898 explicit FindTypoExprs(llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> &TypoExprs) 6899 : TypoExprs(TypoExprs) {} 6900 bool VisitTypoExpr(TypoExpr *TE) { 6901 TypoExprs.insert(TE); 6902 return true; 6903 } 6904 }; 6905 6906 class TransformTypos : public TreeTransform<TransformTypos> { 6907 typedef TreeTransform<TransformTypos> BaseTransform; 6908 6909 VarDecl *InitDecl; // A decl to avoid as a correction because it is in the 6910 // process of being initialized. 6911 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> ExprFilter; 6912 llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> TypoExprs, AmbiguousTypoExprs; 6913 llvm::SmallDenseMap<TypoExpr *, ExprResult, 2> TransformCache; 6914 llvm::SmallDenseMap<OverloadExpr *, Expr *, 4> OverloadResolution; 6915 6916 /// \brief Emit diagnostics for all of the TypoExprs encountered. 6917 /// If the TypoExprs were successfully corrected, then the diagnostics should 6918 /// suggest the corrections. Otherwise the diagnostics will not suggest 6919 /// anything (having been passed an empty TypoCorrection). 6920 void EmitAllDiagnostics() { 6921 for (auto E : TypoExprs) { 6922 TypoExpr *TE = cast<TypoExpr>(E); 6923 auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE); 6924 if (State.DiagHandler) { 6925 TypoCorrection TC = State.Consumer->getCurrentCorrection(); 6926 ExprResult Replacement = TransformCache[TE]; 6927 6928 // Extract the NamedDecl from the transformed TypoExpr and add it to the 6929 // TypoCorrection, replacing the existing decls. This ensures the right 6930 // NamedDecl is used in diagnostics e.g. in the case where overload 6931 // resolution was used to select one from several possible decls that 6932 // had been stored in the TypoCorrection. 6933 if (auto *ND = getDeclFromExpr( 6934 Replacement.isInvalid() ? nullptr : Replacement.get())) 6935 TC.setCorrectionDecl(ND); 6936 6937 State.DiagHandler(TC); 6938 } 6939 SemaRef.clearDelayedTypo(TE); 6940 } 6941 } 6942 6943 /// \brief If corrections for the first TypoExpr have been exhausted for a 6944 /// given combination of the other TypoExprs, retry those corrections against 6945 /// the next combination of substitutions for the other TypoExprs by advancing 6946 /// to the next potential correction of the second TypoExpr. For the second 6947 /// and subsequent TypoExprs, if its stream of corrections has been exhausted, 6948 /// the stream is reset and the next TypoExpr's stream is advanced by one (a 6949 /// TypoExpr's correction stream is advanced by removing the TypoExpr from the 6950 /// TransformCache). Returns true if there is still any untried combinations 6951 /// of corrections. 6952 bool CheckAndAdvanceTypoExprCorrectionStreams() { 6953 for (auto TE : TypoExprs) { 6954 auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE); 6955 TransformCache.erase(TE); 6956 if (!State.Consumer->finished()) 6957 return true; 6958 State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream(); 6959 } 6960 return false; 6961 } 6962 6963 NamedDecl *getDeclFromExpr(Expr *E) { 6964 if (auto *OE = dyn_cast_or_null<OverloadExpr>(E)) 6965 E = OverloadResolution[OE]; 6966 6967 if (!E) 6968 return nullptr; 6969 if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) 6970 return DRE->getFoundDecl(); 6971 if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) 6972 return ME->getFoundDecl(); 6973 // FIXME: Add any other expr types that could be be seen by the delayed typo 6974 // correction TreeTransform for which the corresponding TypoCorrection could 6975 // contain multiple decls. 6976 return nullptr; 6977 } 6978 6979 ExprResult TryTransform(Expr *E) { 6980 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 6981 ExprResult Res = TransformExpr(E); 6982 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred() || Res.isInvalid()) 6983 return ExprError(); 6984 6985 return ExprFilter(Res.get()); 6986 } 6987 6988 public: 6989 TransformTypos(Sema &SemaRef, VarDecl *InitDecl, llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) 6990 : BaseTransform(SemaRef), InitDecl(InitDecl), ExprFilter(Filter) {} 6991 6992 ExprResult RebuildCallExpr(Expr *Callee, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6993 MultiExprArg Args, 6994 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 6995 Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr) { 6996 auto Result = BaseTransform::RebuildCallExpr(Callee, LParenLoc, Args, 6997 RParenLoc, ExecConfig); 6998 if (auto *OE = dyn_cast<OverloadExpr>(Callee)) { 6999 if (Result.isUsable()) { 7000 Expr *ResultCall = Result.get(); 7001 if (auto *BE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(ResultCall)) 7002 ResultCall = BE->getSubExpr(); 7003 if (auto *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(ResultCall)) 7004 OverloadResolution[OE] = CE->getCallee(); 7005 } 7006 } 7007 return Result; 7008 } 7009 7010 ExprResult TransformLambdaExpr(LambdaExpr *E) { return Owned(E); } 7011 7012 ExprResult TransformBlockExpr(BlockExpr *E) { return Owned(E); } 7013 7014 ExprResult TransformObjCPropertyRefExpr(ObjCPropertyRefExpr *E) { 7015 return Owned(E); 7016 } 7017 7018 ExprResult TransformObjCIvarRefExpr(ObjCIvarRefExpr *E) { 7019 return Owned(E); 7020 } 7021 7022 ExprResult Transform(Expr *E) { 7023 ExprResult Res; 7024 while (true) { 7025 Res = TryTransform(E); 7026 7027 // Exit if either the transform was valid or if there were no TypoExprs 7028 // to transform that still have any untried correction candidates.. 7029 if (!Res.isInvalid() || 7030 !CheckAndAdvanceTypoExprCorrectionStreams()) 7031 break; 7032 } 7033 7034 // Ensure none of the TypoExprs have multiple typo correction candidates 7035 // with the same edit length that pass all the checks and filters. 7036 // TODO: Properly handle various permutations of possible corrections when 7037 // there is more than one potentially ambiguous typo correction. 7038 // Also, disable typo correction while attempting the transform when 7039 // handling potentially ambiguous typo corrections as any new TypoExprs will 7040 // have been introduced by the application of one of the correction 7041 // candidates and add little to no value if corrected. 7042 SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = true; 7043 while (!AmbiguousTypoExprs.empty()) { 7044 auto TE = AmbiguousTypoExprs.back(); 7045 auto Cached = TransformCache[TE]; 7046 auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE); 7047 State.Consumer->saveCurrentPosition(); 7048 TransformCache.erase(TE); 7049 if (!TryTransform(E).isInvalid()) { 7050 State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream(); 7051 TransformCache.erase(TE); 7052 Res = ExprError(); 7053 break; 7054 } 7055 AmbiguousTypoExprs.remove(TE); 7056 State.Consumer->restoreSavedPosition(); 7057 TransformCache[TE] = Cached; 7058 } 7059 SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = false; 7060 7061 // Ensure that all of the TypoExprs within the current Expr have been found. 7062 if (!Res.isUsable()) 7063 FindTypoExprs(TypoExprs).TraverseStmt(E); 7064 7065 EmitAllDiagnostics(); 7066 7067 return Res; 7068 } 7069 7070 ExprResult TransformTypoExpr(TypoExpr *E) { 7071 // If the TypoExpr hasn't been seen before, record it. Otherwise, return the 7072 // cached transformation result if there is one and the TypoExpr isn't the 7073 // first one that was encountered. 7074 auto &CacheEntry = TransformCache[E]; 7075 if (!TypoExprs.insert(E) && !CacheEntry.isUnset()) { 7076 return CacheEntry; 7077 } 7078 7079 auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(E); 7080 assert(State.Consumer && "Cannot transform a cleared TypoExpr"); 7081 7082 // For the first TypoExpr and an uncached TypoExpr, find the next likely 7083 // typo correction and return it. 7084 while (TypoCorrection TC = State.Consumer->getNextCorrection()) { 7085 if (InitDecl && TC.getFoundDecl() == InitDecl) 7086 continue; 7087 ExprResult NE = State.RecoveryHandler ? 7088 State.RecoveryHandler(SemaRef, E, TC) : 7089 attemptRecovery(SemaRef, *State.Consumer, TC); 7090 if (!NE.isInvalid()) { 7091 // Check whether there may be a second viable correction with the same 7092 // edit distance; if so, remember this TypoExpr may have an ambiguous 7093 // correction so it can be more thoroughly vetted later. 7094 TypoCorrection Next; 7095 if ((Next = State.Consumer->peekNextCorrection()) && 7096 Next.getEditDistance(false) == TC.getEditDistance(false)) { 7097 AmbiguousTypoExprs.insert(E); 7098 } else { 7099 AmbiguousTypoExprs.remove(E); 7100 } 7101 assert(!NE.isUnset() && 7102 "Typo was transformed into a valid-but-null ExprResult"); 7103 return CacheEntry = NE; 7104 } 7105 } 7106 return CacheEntry = ExprError(); 7107 } 7108 }; 7109 } 7110 7111 ExprResult 7112 Sema::CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E, VarDecl *InitDecl, 7113 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) { 7114 // If the current evaluation context indicates there are uncorrected typos 7115 // and the current expression isn't guaranteed to not have typos, try to 7116 // resolve any TypoExpr nodes that might be in the expression. 7117 if (E && !ExprEvalContexts.empty() && ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos && 7118 (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent() || 7119 E->isInstantiationDependent())) { 7120 auto TyposInContext = ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos; 7121 assert(TyposInContext < ~0U && "Recursive call of CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr"); 7122 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos = ~0U; 7123 auto TyposResolved = DelayedTypos.size(); 7124 auto Result = TransformTypos(*this, InitDecl, Filter).Transform(E); 7125 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos = TyposInContext; 7126 TyposResolved -= DelayedTypos.size(); 7127 if (Result.isInvalid() || Result.get() != E) { 7128 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos -= TyposResolved; 7129 return Result; 7130 } 7131 assert(TyposResolved == 0 && "Corrected typo but got same Expr back?"); 7132 } 7133 return E; 7134 } 7135 7136 ExprResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *FE, SourceLocation CC, 7137 bool DiscardedValue, 7138 bool IsConstexpr, 7139 bool IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer) { 7140 ExprResult FullExpr = FE; 7141 7142 if (!FullExpr.get()) 7143 return ExprError(); 7144 7145 // If we are an init-expression in a lambdas init-capture, we should not 7146 // diagnose an unexpanded pack now (will be diagnosed once lambda-expr 7147 // containing full-expression is done). 7148 // template<class ... Ts> void test(Ts ... t) { 7149 // test([&a(t)]() { <-- (t) is an init-expr that shouldn't be diagnosed now. 7150 // return a; 7151 // }() ...); 7152 // } 7153 // FIXME: This is a hack. It would be better if we pushed the lambda scope 7154 // when we parse the lambda introducer, and teach capturing (but not 7155 // unexpanded pack detection) to walk over LambdaScopeInfos which don't have a 7156 // corresponding class yet (that is, have LambdaScopeInfo either represent a 7157 // lambda where we've entered the introducer but not the body, or represent a 7158 // lambda where we've entered the body, depending on where the 7159 // parser/instantiation has got to). 7160 if (!IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer && 7161 DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(FullExpr.get())) 7162 return ExprError(); 7163 7164 // Top-level expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 7165 if (DiscardedValue && getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 7166 FullExpr.get()->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 7167 FullExpr = forceUnknownAnyToType(FullExpr.get(), Context.getObjCIdType()); 7168 if (FullExpr.isInvalid()) 7169 return ExprError(); 7170 } 7171 7172 if (DiscardedValue) { 7173 FullExpr = CheckPlaceholderExpr(FullExpr.get()); 7174 if (FullExpr.isInvalid()) 7175 return ExprError(); 7176 7177 FullExpr = IgnoredValueConversions(FullExpr.get()); 7178 if (FullExpr.isInvalid()) 7179 return ExprError(); 7180 } 7181 7182 FullExpr = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(FullExpr.get()); 7183 if (FullExpr.isInvalid()) 7184 return ExprError(); 7185 7186 CheckCompletedExpr(FullExpr.get(), CC, IsConstexpr); 7187 7188 // At the end of this full expression (which could be a deeply nested 7189 // lambda), if there is a potential capture within the nested lambda, 7190 // have the outer capture-able lambda try and capture it. 7191 // Consider the following code: 7192 // void f(int, int); 7193 // void f(const int&, double); 7194 // void foo() { 7195 // const int x = 10, y = 20; 7196 // auto L = [=](auto a) { 7197 // auto M = [=](auto b) { 7198 // f(x, b); <-- requires x to be captured by L and M 7199 // f(y, a); <-- requires y to be captured by L, but not all Ms 7200 // }; 7201 // }; 7202 // } 7203 7204 // FIXME: Also consider what happens for something like this that involves 7205 // the gnu-extension statement-expressions or even lambda-init-captures: 7206 // void f() { 7207 // const int n = 0; 7208 // auto L = [&](auto a) { 7209 // +n + ({ 0; a; }); 7210 // }; 7211 // } 7212 // 7213 // Here, we see +n, and then the full-expression 0; ends, so we don't 7214 // capture n (and instead remove it from our list of potential captures), 7215 // and then the full-expression +n + ({ 0; }); ends, but it's too late 7216 // for us to see that we need to capture n after all. 7217 7218 LambdaScopeInfo *const CurrentLSI = getCurLambda(); 7219 // FIXME: PR 17877 showed that getCurLambda() can return a valid pointer 7220 // even if CurContext is not a lambda call operator. Refer to that Bug Report 7221 // for an example of the code that might cause this asynchrony. 7222 // By ensuring we are in the context of a lambda's call operator 7223 // we can fix the bug (we only need to check whether we need to capture 7224 // if we are within a lambda's body); but per the comments in that 7225 // PR, a proper fix would entail : 7226 // "Alternative suggestion: 7227 // - Add to Sema an integer holding the smallest (outermost) scope 7228 // index that we are *lexically* within, and save/restore/set to 7229 // FunctionScopes.size() in InstantiatingTemplate's 7230 // constructor/destructor. 7231 // - Teach the handful of places that iterate over FunctionScopes to 7232 // stop at the outermost enclosing lexical scope." 7233 const bool IsInLambdaDeclContext = isLambdaCallOperator(CurContext); 7234 if (IsInLambdaDeclContext && CurrentLSI && 7235 CurrentLSI->hasPotentialCaptures() && !FullExpr.isInvalid()) 7236 CheckIfAnyEnclosingLambdasMustCaptureAnyPotentialCaptures(FE, CurrentLSI, 7237 *this); 7238 return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(FullExpr); 7239 } 7240 7241 StmtResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *FullStmt) { 7242 if (!FullStmt) return StmtError(); 7243 7244 return MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(FullStmt); 7245 } 7246 7247 Sema::IfExistsResult 7248 Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, 7249 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 7250 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo) { 7251 DeclarationName TargetName = TargetNameInfo.getName(); 7252 if (!TargetName) 7253 return IER_DoesNotExist; 7254 7255 // If the name itself is dependent, then the result is dependent. 7256 if (TargetName.isDependentName()) 7257 return IER_Dependent; 7258 7259 // Do the redeclaration lookup in the current scope. 7260 LookupResult R(*this, TargetNameInfo, Sema::LookupAnyName, 7261 Sema::NotForRedeclaration); 7262 LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 7263 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 7264 7265 switch (R.getResultKind()) { 7266 case LookupResult::Found: 7267 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 7268 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 7269 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 7270 return IER_Exists; 7271 7272 case LookupResult::NotFound: 7273 return IER_DoesNotExist; 7274 7275 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 7276 return IER_Dependent; 7277 } 7278 7279 llvm_unreachable("Invalid LookupResult Kind!"); 7280 } 7281 7282 Sema::IfExistsResult 7283 Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 7284 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 7285 UnqualifiedId &Name) { 7286 DeclarationNameInfo TargetNameInfo = GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Name); 7287 7288 // Check for unexpanded parameter packs. 7289 SmallVector<UnexpandedParameterPack, 4> Unexpanded; 7290 collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(SS, Unexpanded); 7291 collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TargetNameInfo, Unexpanded); 7292 if (!Unexpanded.empty()) { 7293 DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(KeywordLoc, 7294 IsIfExists? UPPC_IfExists 7295 : UPPC_IfNotExists, 7296 Unexpanded); 7297 return IER_Error; 7298 } 7299 7300 return CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(S, SS, TargetNameInfo); 7301 } 7302